AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 9, 1998

REGISTRATION NO. 333-


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


     DELAWARE                     7389                    84-1010843
  (STATE OR OTHER     (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL     (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   JURISDICTION        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)  IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
OF INCORPORATION OR
   ORGANIZATION)

                           6892 SOUTH YOSEMITE
                        ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112
                             (303) 802-1000

(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)


J. RICHARD ABRAMSON
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
6892 SOUTH YOSEMITE
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112
(303) 802-8258
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)


COPIES TO:

   JAMES C. T. LINFIELD, ESQ.                   S. MICHAEL DUNN, P.C.
       REX R. O'NEAL, ESQ.                   JEREMY W. MAKARECHIAN, ESQ.
       COOLEY GODWARD LLP                  BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP
2595 CANYON BOULEVARD, SUITE 250         1125 SEVENTEENTH STREET, SUITE 2525
  BOULDER, COLORADO 80302-6737                 DENVER, COLORADO 80202
         (303) 546-4000                            (303) 293-0760

                             ----------------

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as

practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: [_]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. [_]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


                                                                  PROPOSED
                                                     PROPOSED      MAXIMUM
                                      AMOUNT         MAXIMUM      AGGREGATE   AMOUNT OF
     TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF           TO BE       OFFERING PRICE  OFFERING   REGISTRATION
  SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED     REGISTERED(1)    PER SHARE(2)  PRICE(1)(2)     FEE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par value... 4,600,000 shares     $12.00     $55,200,000   $16,284
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1) Includes 600,000 shares of Common Stock which may be purchased by the Underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.




++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 1998

4,000,000 SHARES
[LOGO OF EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC. APPEARS HERE]
COMMON STOCK
(PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE)


Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 3,090,909 shares are being sold by Evolving Systems, Inc. and 909,091 shares are being sold by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders". The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $10 and $12 per share. For factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting".

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO

AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.

Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "EVOL".


THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                    INITIAL PUBLIC UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO PROCEEDS TO SELLING
                    OFFERING PRICE DISCOUNT(1)  COMPANY(2)     STOCKHOLDERS
                    -------------- ------------ ----------- -------------------
Per Share..........       $             $            $               $
Total(3)........... $              $            $           $


(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $875,000 payable by the Company.
(3) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have granted to the Underwriters an option for 30 days to purchase up to an additional 600,000 shares at the initial public offering price per share, less the underwriting discount, solely to cover over-allotments. If such option is exercised in full, the total initial public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting".

The shares offered hereby are offered severally by the Underwriters, as specified herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that certificates for the shares will be ready for delivery in New York, New York, on or about , 1998, against payment therefor in immediately available funds.

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

HAMBRECHT & QUIST
UBS SECURITIES


The date of this Prospectus is , 1998.


STRATEGIC ARCHITECTURE FOR OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS

"OSS encompass a broad array of software and systems that perform critical functions for telecommunications carriers, including ordering, provisioning, service assurance and billing. Competition and regulations are driving the need for telecommunications carriers to implement enterprise-wide, standards- based data sharing among multiple, interoperable OSS. Evolving Systems' approach to these requirements is through a strategic MetOSS architecture that includes a common database, a shared services platform, applications and an application development environment".

            DATABASE                                    APPLICATIONS


"The MetOSS-GEM Enterprise In-                "MetOSS applications provide and
formation Model provides a data-              enhance OSS functionality and
base designed to enable data                  are designed to be implemented
sharing across all OSS applica-               as modular, plug-and-play car-
tions operating on the MetOSS-                tridges. Applications will in-
GEM Shared Services Platform".                clude Evolving Systems' and
                                              third-party products for order-
                                              ing, provisioning, service as-
                                              surance and billing".

[Color graphic appears here depicting the relationship of the functional elements of the typical OSS and the Company's

     current and future products]

    SHARED SERVICES PLATFORM                      APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT
                                                         ENVIRONMENT


"The MetOSS-GEM Shared Services
Platform provides common servic-              "The MetOSS-GEM Development En-
es, such as transaction process-              vironment is designed to provide
ing and security, among all ap-               the application development
plications, enabling                          rules, standards and application
interoperability".                            programming interfaces which
                                              govern how applications are de-
                                              veloped in order to be
                                              interoperable and compliant with
                                              the MetOSS-GEM Shared Services
                                              Platform and database".

CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY, INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING".


METOSS--EVOLVING SYSTEMS' NEXT
GENERATION OPERATIONAL SUPPORT
SYSTEMS

"MetOSS is Evolving Systems'
family of current and planned
OSS offerings, incorporating an
enterprise database, a gateway
to external systems, and a
shared services platform upon
which a range of OSS
applications provided by the
Company and third parties can
operate".

GATEWAY

"The Gateway is designed to
provide inter- and intra-carrier
communications and interfaces
and to support most common
external and legacy OSS".

[Color graphic appears here representing the relationship of the Company's current LNP products and planned OSS application products to the planned OSS platform products]

CURRENT APPLICATIONS

"Current MetOSS LNP applications
include OrderPath, NumberManager
and NodeMaster, applications
designed to address carriers'
LNP requirements. These products
enable carriers to meet
regulatory requirements and
rapidly address competition".


THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS

"Additional OSS applications for

ordering, service assurance and billing are targeted for development by third party software developers utilizing the MetOSS Application Development Environment, expanding the range of OSS offerings available to MetOSS customers".

FUTURE APPLICATIONS

"Future MetOSS applications under
development include MetOSS-Local
Service Exchange, which addresses
carriers' requirements for responding
to increased local competition and
corresponding inter-carrier
transactions, and MetOSS-Number
Exchange, which enables carriers to
address telephone number pooling,
number allocation and call origination
and termination requirements created as
a result of LNP".


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including "Risk Factors" and Financial Statements and Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The discussion in this Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Prospectus (i) reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of Non-voting Common Stock (the "Non-voting Common Stock") and Preferred Stock of the Company into shares of voting Common Stock (the "Common Stock") of the Company, (ii) has been adjusted to reflect a one-for-two reverse stock split of the Non-voting Common Stock and Common Stock to be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (iii) assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Certain terms used herein are defined under the heading "Glossary of Terms".

THE COMPANY

Evolving Systems, Inc. ("Evolving Systems" or the "Company") is a leading provider of selected software solutions and services that enable telecommunications carriers to address the technical challenges to their operational support systems created by the industry's rapidly changing competitive and regulatory environment. The Company's first-to-market local number portability ("LNP") software solution, which enables carriers to meet the requirement that customers retain their local phone number when changing service providers, has been chosen by two of the five Regional Bell Operating Companies ("RBOCs") and two of the three leading long distance carriers. The Company believes that the implementation of LNP will require significant changes in a broad range of carriers' software and systems that perform mission critical functions such as ordering, provisioning, service assurance and billing, collectively known as Operational Support Systems ("OSS").

Historically, telecommunications carriers operated in a highly regulated environment with both local and long distance telephone service providers operating as monopolies with little competition. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the "Act") provide for the introduction of competition in local telephone service, allowing long distance, wireless and other carriers to enter local telephone markets. The Act requires RBOCs, wireless and other incumbent local exchange carriers (collectively, "ILECs") to offer LNP. The Act also mandates that carriers unbundle local services and facilities, thereby allowing competing telecommunications carriers access to ILECs' OSS. These requirements pose significant technological challenges to existing OSS, which are already strained by the incremental changes necessitated by long distance deregulation and the introduction of value-added services such as voice mail and call waiting. Existing carriers must develop new systems that are interoperable with their legacy systems, not only to support the LNP and unbundling requirements of the Act but also to enable them to respond to increasing competitive challenges. In addition, carriers entering local telephone markets require LNP solutions that do not depend on an existing OSS infrastructure and that can be deployed quickly and cost-effectively. Thus, the Company believes that carriers' OSS are evolving from back-office legacy systems to strategic business systems that play an increasingly important role in enhancing competitiveness as well as enabling compliance with the requirements of the Act.

3

Recognizing the opportunity created by the ongoing deregulation of local telephone service, the Company has capitalized on its historic strength as a leading architect and developer of solutions to satisfy technically challenging OSS requirements to position itself as a provider of next-generation OSS solutions. From its inception in 1985 through 1996, the Company focused on providing custom software development services to a limited number of telecommunications companies. Beginning in 1996, the Company made a strategic decision to shift its focus to becoming a developer of standard software products to capitalize on the market demand for OSS solutions to implement LNP and related services. The Company's current LNP software products, OrderPath, NumberManager and NodeMaster, allow carriers to accommodate customer requests to change carriers while retaining the same telephone number, and to obtain and disseminate call routing data to the carriers' networks. To date, customers for the Company's LNP solutions include Ameritech Corporation ("Ameritech"), Pacific Bell, Inc. ("Pacific Bell"), SBC Communications, Inc. ("Southwestern Bell"), Sprint Corporation ("Sprint") and WorldCom, Inc. ("WorldCom").

The Company intends to leverage its initial LNP success to address the evolving needs of carriers and telecommunications service providers by developing and providing a family of innovative OSS solutions. The Company's LNP and future OSS products are being designed to provide comprehensive, flexible, reliable and scalable solutions to meet the rapidly changing needs of today's multi-carrier environment. The Company is developing its OSS platform, an OSS environment that supports multiple applications and includes a scalable, extensible database, application program interfaces ("APIs") for third-party developers to write compatible applications, business logic that governs the data dissemination throughout other OSS platforms and standard legacy application interfaces to facilitate rapid implementation. The Company's approach seeks to offer carriers time-to-market advantages, protection of legacy system investments and cost-effective OSS deployment, staffing, operation and maintenance.

THE OFFERING

Common Stock offered by the Company............. 3,090,909 shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling
 Stockholders................................... 909,091 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after this
 offering....................................... 10,830,756 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds................................. Repayment of indebtedness, working capital
                                                 and other general corporate purposes. See
                                                 "Use of Proceeds".
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol.......... EVOL


(1) Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 1997. Excludes
(i) 1,877,528 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 1997 under the Company's Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.91 per share, and (ii) 910,633 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 1997, at a weighted average exercise price of $.80 per share. Assumes no other exercise of stock options or warrants after December 31, 1997. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans", "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants" and Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

4

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                    NINE MONTHS
                                                                       ENDED
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SEPTEMBER 30,
                          --------------------------------------  ----------------
                           1992   1993    1994    1995    1996     1996     1997
                          ------ ------- ------- ------- -------  -------  -------
Revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......  $   -- $    -- $    -- $    -- $   882  $   835  $14,482
 Other services.........   8,971  17,810  33,032  45,355  36,036   26,587   15,552
                          ------ ------- ------- ------- -------  -------  -------
 Total revenue..........   8,971  17,810  33,032  45,355  36,918   27,422   30,034
Cost of revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......      --      --      --      --     450      450    5,069
 Other services.........   5,957  11,327  18,181  26,589  24,081   18,342   14,033
                          ------ ------- ------- ------- -------  -------  -------
 Total cost of revenue..   5,957  11,327  18,181  26,589  24,531   18,792   19,102
                          ------ ------- ------- ------- -------  -------  -------
Gross margin............   3,014   6,483  14,851  18,766  12,387    8,630   10,932
Operating income (loss).   1,802   4,109   8,150   6,815     246     (275)     (15)
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........   1,807   4,062   8,014   6,126  (1,176)  (1,404)  (1,094)
Provision for (benefit
 from) income taxes.....      --      --      --      --      81       (9)    (948)
                          ------ ------- ------- ------- -------  -------  -------
Net income (loss).......  $1,807 $ 4,062 $ 8,014 $ 6,126 $(1,257) $(1,395) $  (146)
                          ====== ======= ======= ======= =======  =======  =======
Pro forma (1):
 Income (loss) before
  income taxes..........  $1,807 $ 4,062 $ 8,014 $ 6,126 $(1,176) $(1,404)
 Provision for (benefit
  from) income taxes....     663   1,626   3,007   2,301    (298)    (356)
                          ------ ------- ------- ------- -------  -------
 Net income (loss)......  $1,144 $ 2,436 $ 5,007 $ 3,825 $  (878) $(1,048)
                          ====== ======= ======= ======= =======  =======
Pro forma net loss per
 common share (2)(3)....                                 $ (0.16)          $ (0.02)
                                                         =======           =======
Pro forma weighted
 average shares of
 Common Stock
 outstanding (2)........                                   7,747             7,934
                                                         =======           =======

                                                           SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                         -----------------------
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                         ACTUAL  AS ADJUSTED (4)
                                                         ------- ---------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents.............................. $ 3,134     $21,039
 Working capital........................................   5,593      23,984
 Total assets...........................................  28,428      46,333
 Long-term obligations..................................  16,486       4,552
 Stockholders' equity...................................   1,044      31,789


(1) Prior to January 6, 1996, the Company was an S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes, and, accordingly, the Company's income was taxed directly to the Company's stockholders. Pro forma adjustments reflect the federal and state income tax expense if the Company had not been an S corporation prior to January 6, 1996.
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for a discussion of the computation of net income (loss) per common share and weighted average common shares outstanding.
(3) Supplemental net income (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, assuming the subordinated debt with stockholders was not outstanding during any of the periods, would be $(.07) and $.04, respectively. See "Use of Proceeds" and Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
(4) Pro forma as adjusted to reflect the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of 3,090,909 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company and the anticipated application of the net proceeds therefrom excluding any loss on extinguishment of debt on the repayment of the Subordinated Notes and the Stockholder Notes (as defined herein). See "Capitalization" and "Use of Proceeds".

MetOSS(TM), OrderPath(TM), NumberManager(TM) and NodeMaster(TM) are trademarks of the Company. All other trademarks, service marks or trade names referred to in this Prospectus are the property of the respective owners thereof.

5

RISK FACTORS

In addition to other information contained in this Prospectus, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business before purchasing shares of the Common Stock offered hereby. All statements, trend analysis and other information contained in this Prospectus relative to markets for the Company's products and trends in revenue, gross margin and anticipated expense levels, as well as other statements including such words as "anticipate", "believe", "plan", "estimate", "expect" and "intend" and other similar expressions, constitute forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to business and economic risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and in the section entitled "Business", as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.

FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company's operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and are likely to continue to fluctuate significantly in the future. Fluctuations in operating results may result in volatility in the price of the Company's Common Stock. Although the Company was profitable in each of the last two quarters, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be profitable in the future or that the Company's level of profitability will not vary significantly between quarters. These quarterly fluctuations may result from a number of factors, including the magnitude, timing and signing of new contracts; the Company's rate of progress under such contracts; the timing of customer and market acceptance of the Company's product and service offerings; actual or anticipated changes in government laws and regulations related to the telecommunications market or judicial or administrative actions with respect to such laws or regulations; the nature and pace of enforcement of the Act; product lifecycles; the Company's success in effecting its planned transition to a product-based business; the mix of products and services sold; changes in demand for the Company's products and services; the timing of third-party contractors' delivery of software and hardware; budgeting cycles of the Company's customers; changes in the renewal rate of support agreements; the timing and amount of expenditures made by the Company for research and development and sales, general and administrative expenses; competition by existing and emerging competitors in the telecommunications software markets; the Company's success in developing and marketing new products, controlling costs, attracting and retaining qualified personnel, and expanding its sales and marketing programs; regional office expansion; software defects and other product quality problems; changes in the Company's strategy; the extent of industry consolidation; expansion of the Company's international operations; and general economic conditions.

A significant portion of the Company's revenue has been and is expected to continue to be derived from a small number of customers. Accordingly, the loss of any significant customer, delays in delivery or acceptance of any of the Company's products or delays in the performance of services could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Historically, the Company has recognized both license fees and service fee revenue under its customer contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. The Company is shifting its primary strategic focus to the development and sale of software products. To the extent that the Company is successful in doing so, the Company expects that it may be able to record future revenue from license fees upon the delivery of a software product to a customer. The Company's ability to recognize revenue on software licenses as packaged software solutions at the time of delivery depends on its ability to engage third parties to implement its software and to separately license the software and separately sell implementation services, as well as technical factors and customer expectations and requirements. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve or maintain a sales model that allows the Company to record license fees when software products are delivered to customers. Software companies that account for revenue from license fees upon delivery of software

6

products may be exposed to increased risk of quarterly fluctuations. To the extent that this pattern develops at the Company, any failure or delay in the delivery of orders during any given quarter could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The timing of revenue recognition from the Company's contracts has caused and may continue to cause material fluctuations in the Company's operating results, particularly on a quarterly basis.

The Company's expense levels are based in significant part on its expectations regarding future revenue. The Company's revenue is difficult to forecast because the market for the Company's products and services is rapidly evolving and the Company's sales cycle and the size and timing of significant contracts vary substantially among customers. Accordingly, the Company may be unable to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in revenue. For example, GTE Corporation ("GTE"), which had been the Company's largest customer from 1991 through 1995, significantly reduced its demand for the Company's services in 1995. Although the Company reduced its workforce in late 1995, the Company incurred operating losses during the quarter ended March 31, 1996. The Company also sustained an operating loss in the quarter ended March 31, 1997 as the Company incurred higher development costs as it began its transition to a product-based business. More recently, in anticipation of expected growth, the Company increased its workforce by 54 new employees in 1997 and expects to continue hiring additional consulting, support and development employees during 1998. Any significant shortfall from anticipated levels of demand for the Company's products and services could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Based on all of the foregoing, the Company believes that future revenue, expenses and operating results are likely to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. As a result, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of operating results are not necessarily meaningful or indicative of future performance. Furthermore, the Company believes it is likely that in some future quarter the Company's operating results will be below the expectations of public market analysts or investors. In such event, or in the event that adverse conditions prevail, or are perceived to prevail, with respect to the Company's business or generally, the market price of the Company's Common Stock would likely be materially adversely affected. See "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

DEPENDENCE UPON TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY; REGULATORY UNCERTAINTIES

The market for the Company's LNP products was created and has primarily been driven by the adoption of regulations under the Act requiring RBOCs to implement LNP as a condition to being permitted to provide long distance services. Therefore any changes to such regulations, or the adoption of new regulations by federal or state regulatory authorities under the Act, or any legal challenges to the Act, could have a material adverse effect upon the market for the Company's products and services. Although the Act was designed to expand competition in the telecommunications industry, the realization of the objectives of the Act is subject to many uncertainties, including judicial and administrative proceedings designed to define rights and obligations pursuant to the Act, actions or inactions by ILECs and other carriers that affect the pace at which the changes contemplated by the Act occur, resolution of questions concerning which parties will finance such changes and other regulatory, economic and political factors.

The Company is aware of certain litigation challenging the validity of the Act and the local telephone competition rules adopted by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to implement the Act. The U.S. Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals has invalidated the pricing methodology and unbundling requirements adopted by the FCC while upholding a portion of the FCC's local competition rules, and both the government and the ILECs have filed petitions for review with the Supreme Court. In a recent decision, a U.S. District Court in Texas held that the provisions of the Act

7

which require RBOCs to comply with certain conditions, including LNP, in order to receive regulatory approval to enter long distance markets are unconstitutional. The U.S. Justice Department, representing the FCC, has appealed this decision. Such litigation may serve to delay implementation of the Act, which could adversely affect demand for the Company's products and services. Any delays in the deadlines imposed by the Act or the FCC, or any invalidation, repeal or modification in the requirements imposed by the Act or the FCC, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, customers may require, or the Company otherwise deem it necessary or advisable, that the Company modify its products or services to address actual or anticipated changes in the regulatory environment. Any other delay in implementation of the Act, or other regulatory changes, could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Virtually all of the Company's revenue is derived from sales of products and services for telecommunications and data communications applications. These markets are characterized by intense competition, regulatory and legal uncertainty, rapid technological change and short product life cycles. In addition, the telecommunications market has undergone a period of rapid growth and consolidation in the last few years. The Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected in the event of a significant slowdown in these markets. See "Business--Industry Background--The Telecommunications Industry".

SHIFT IN STRATEGIC FOCUS FROM CUSTOM SERVICES TO SOFTWARE PRODUCTS

The Company is shifting its primary strategic focus to offering standard software products and related integration services from its historic focus on consulting and custom development services. This shift in the Company's primary strategic focus entails a number of risks. Prior to the introduction of the Company's initial LNP products, the Company derived virtually all of its revenue from contracts for consulting and custom development services. Although the Company intends to continue to offer such services, the Company anticipates that such services will represent a declining percentage of the Company's total revenue if the Company's transition strategy is successful. Approximately one-half of the Company's revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 has been attributable to its LNP products and related services, and the Company believes that its revenue, at least through 1999, will continue to be substantially dependent upon LNP products and related services. In addition, the potential for future revenue growth is substantially dependent upon market acceptance of the Company's LNP products and of the Company's MetOSS products under development. The Company's principal customers for its LNP products to date have been major telecommunications service providers, who historically have developed or purchased highly customized solutions. Such customers may resist the use of standardized products and product modules. In addition, such customers historically have sought to be exclusive licensees of the Company's solutions. Such customers may resist licensing products on a non-exclusive basis, which may lengthen the Company's sales cycle and affect the Company's ability to enter into contracts with new customers. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business-- MetOSS Products".

Many of the Company's initial LNP customers are ILECs, which have been implementing LNP systems due to the requirements of the Act. Accordingly, once such providers have complied with the provisions of the Act, demand may fall for the Company's LNP products. Although a number of new carriers have entered the local telephone market, the decisions by potentially competitive carriers to enter the local telephone service market depend on a number of competitive, regulatory and business factors, and the extent and pace of competitive entry cannot be predicted. Recently, several large telecommunications carriers have announced that they are deferring plans to enter the local telephone service market. The Company's future revenue opportunities depend to a significant extent on the

8

Company's success in broadening the customer base for its LNP products and services, successfully completing the development of new MetOSS products and gaining acceptance of such products by existing and new customers. If, as a result of judicial or regulatory action, carriers no longer believe that it is necessary to implement LNP in a timely manner, the market for the Company's LNP and related products and services would be materially adversely affected. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully expand its base of LNP customers, that its new MetOSS products will be successfully developed in a timely manner or that such products will achieve acceptance by existing or new customers. If the Company's current or future competitors release new products that have more advanced features, offer better performance or are more price competitive than the Company's products, demand for the Company's products may decline. Moreover, delays in entry to the local telephone service market by competitive carriers could adversely affect demand for the Company's products. Any decline in demand for the Company's products as a result of competition, technological change or other factors would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business--Competition".

The Company has made a number of changes in its management and is making extensive changes in its business processes in connection with the transition of its strategic focus. During 1996 and 1997, the Company experienced significant employee turnover as it underwent this strategic transition, and there can be no assurance that the Company will retain key personnel as it continues this transition. Development and implementation of new business processes can be time-consuming and expensive. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully complete this transition, or that it will not incur unanticipated difficulties or costs in doing so, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "--Changes in Management; Management of Growth; Dependence on Key Personnel".

RELIANCE ON SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

Historically, a substantial portion of the Company's revenue has been derived from a limited number of customers. Ameritech, GTE, Lockheed-Martin IMS Corporation ("Lockheed"), Lucent Technologies, Inc. ("Lucent"), formerly part of American Telephone & Telegraph Company ("AT&T"), Southwestern Bell and Sprint each accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue in the first nine months of 1997, and these customers in the aggregate accounted for 89% of the Company's revenue for this period. AT&T, BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc. ("BellSouth"), GTE, Lockheed and Lucent each accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue in 1996, and these customers in the aggregate accounted for 73% of the Company's revenue in 1996. In addition, GTE and Lucent accounted for 58% and 20%, respectively, of the Company's total revenue in 1995. The Company expects to continue to depend on large contracts with a small number of significant customers, which can cause its revenue and earnings to fluctuate between quarters based on the timing of contracts and installation of the Company's products by these customers. None of the Company's major customers has any obligation to purchase additional products or services. Consequently, the failure by the Company to develop relationships with significant new customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, business or marketplace consolidations affecting one or more of the Company's major customers could result in the loss of that customer, which also could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Business--Customers" and Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.

LENGTHY IMPLEMENTATION PROCESS; CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE OF LNP PRODUCTS

Implementation of the Company's software is a relatively complex and lengthy process that involves significant allocation of resources by the Company in order to adapt and customize such

9

software for each customer's unique environment. Moreover, certain of the Company's customers may require rapid deployment of the Company's software products, resulting in pressure on the Company to meet demanding delivery and implementation schedules. Delays in implementation may result in customer dissatisfaction and/or damage to the Company's reputation and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company's existing contracts, including LNP contracts, provide for acceptance testing by the customer before the contract is considered complete. To date, none of the Company's LNP customers has notified the Company of their final acceptance of the Company's software. Unanticipated difficulties or delays in the customer acceptance process could result in higher costs and delayed payments. Moreover, if the Company fails to satisfy acceptance criteria within prescribed times, the customer may be entitled to cancel its contract and receive a refund of all or a portion of amounts previously paid or other amounts as liquidated damages, which could exceed related contract revenue and which could result in a future charge to earnings. Any failure or delay in achieving final acceptance of the Company's software and services could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

LENGTHY SALES CYCLE

The Company's software products and services are generally used by large telecommunications service providers for enterprise-wide, mission critical purposes, involving significant capital expenditures and lengthy implementation plans. Prospective customers typically commit significant resources to the technical evaluation of the Company's products and services and require the Company to expend substantial time, effort and money providing education regarding the Company's solutions. This evaluation process often results in an extensive and lengthy sales cycle, typically ranging between six and 12 months, making it difficult for the Company to forecast the timing and magnitude of sales contracts. Delays associated with customers' internal approval and contracting procedures, procurement practices, and testing and acceptance process are common. For example, customers' budgetary constraints and internal acceptance reviews may cause potential customers to delay or forego a purchase. The delay or failure to complete one or more large contracts could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations and cause the Company's operating results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. See "Business-- Marketing and Sales".

FIXED-PRICE CONTRACTS

The Company had historically derived a majority of its revenue from contracts that were billed on a time-and-materials basis. Beginning in mid- 1996, a majority of the Company's revenue has been derived from contracts that were billed on a fixed-price basis. To the extent that the Company continues to provide custom software development or consulting services, it anticipates that customers will continue to request that the Company provide software and implementation services as a total solution on a fixed-price basis. These contracts specify certain obligations and deliverables to be met by the Company regardless of actual costs incurred by the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company can successfully complete these contracts on budget, and the Company's inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW VERSIONS AND NEW PRODUCTS; RISKS OF SOFTWARE DEFECTS

The market for the Company's products and services is subject to rapid technological changes, evolving industry standards, changes in carrier requirements and preferences and frequent new

10

product introductions and enhancements. The introduction of products that incorporate new technologies and emergence of new industry standards can render existing products obsolete and unmarketable. To compete successfully, the Company must continue to design, develop and sell enhancements to existing products and new products that provide higher levels of performance and reliability in a timely manner, take advantage of technological advancements and changes in industry standards and respond to new customer requirements. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully identify new product opportunities or will achieve market acceptance of new products brought to market. Products developed by others may render the Company's products obsolete or noncompetitive. Any failure by the Company to anticipate or respond adequately to changes in technology and customer preferences, failure of the Company's products to perform satisfactorily or any significant delay in product development or introductions could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company intends to issue interim and new releases of its family of software products periodically. As a result of the complexities inherent in software development, major new product enhancements and new products can require long development and testing periods before they are commercially released. There can be no assurance that delays will not occur in the future.

The Company's products consist of software developed by the Company and others. Errors or compatibility problems in the Company's products, including those in licensed third-party software, which are detected prior to a new product release could cause the Company to delay the introduction of new products and incur additional expense. The Company's new products and new versions of existing products also may contain errors or compatibility problems which may not be discovered until after the product has been installed and used by customers. There can be no assurance that errors will not be found in new versions of the Company's products before or after commencement of commercial use, or that any such errors will not result in adverse customer reaction, negative publicity regarding the Company and a loss of or delay in market acceptance and have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

COMPETITION

The Company's primary markets are intensely competitive and are subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and regulatory developments. The Company faces continuous demand for improved product performance, new product features and reduced prices, as well as intense pressure to accelerate the release of new products and product enhancements. The Company's existing and potential competitors include many large domestic and international companies, including certain of the Company's customers, that have substantially greater financial, manufacturing, technological, marketing, distribution and other resources, larger installed customer bases and longer-standing relationships with customers than the Company. The Company's principal competitors in the LNP market include Bell Communications Research, Inc. ("Bellcore"), Lucent, Northern Telecom, Inc. ("Nortel") and Tekelec, Inc. ("Tekelec"). The Company believes that competitors of its MetOSS products will include AG Communications Systems Corporation ("AG Communications"), Bellcore, Cincinnati Bell Informational Services ("CBIS"), Ericcson, Inc. ("Ericcson") and Lucent. The Company expects competition to increase in the future from existing competitors and from other companies that may enter the Company's existing or future markets with solutions which may be less costly, provide higher performance or additional features or be introduced earlier than the Company's solutions. Many telecommunications companies have large internal development organizations which develop software solutions and provide services similar to the Company's products and services. In addition, customers who have purchased custom software solutions from the Company are not precluded from competing with the Company.

The Company believes that its ability to compete successfully depends on numerous factors, both within and outside of its control, including responsiveness to service providers' needs, quality and reliability of the Company's and its competitors' products and services, price, project management

11

capabilities, technical subject matter expertise, quality of customer service and support, the emergence of new industry standards, the development of technical innovations, the attraction and retention of qualified personnel, regulatory changes and general market and economic conditions. A variety of potential actions by the Company's competitors, including a reduction of product prices or increased promotion, announcement or accelerated introduction of new or enhanced products, or cooperative relationships among competitors, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors or will properly identify and address the demands of new markets. The failure by the Company to adapt to emerging market demands, respond to regulatory and technological changes or to compete successfully with existing and new competitors would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business-- Competition".

CHANGES IN MANAGEMENT; MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

Most of the senior management team joined the Company recently and have worked together at the Company for only a brief period. J. Richard Abramson, President and Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey J. Finn, Senior Vice President and General Manager of Product Development and Distribution, James M. Ross, Senior Vice President and General Manager of Services, and Roger A. Barnes, Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, joined the Company in August 1996, July 1996, June 1997 and November 1997, respectively. The loss of one or more key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company does not maintain key man insurance policies on any members of senior management. The Company does not have employment agreements with any of its executive officers.

The Company is currently experiencing a period of rapid growth in license fees and related services revenue, placing significant demands on its administrative, operations and financial personnel and systems. The Company's ability to manage future expansion, if any, effectively will require it to attract, train, motivate and manage new employees successfully, to integrate new management and employees into its overall operations and to continue to improve its operational, financial and management systems. The Company anticipates that it will need to hire additional research and development personnel. Competition for research and development and other technical personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to hire additional personnel on a timely basis, if at all. Because of the complexity of the Company's software products, a significant time lag exists between the hiring date of technical and sales personnel and the time at which they become fully productive. Although the Company has increased the number of its sales, marketing, service and support personnel in recent years, the Company has at times experienced and continues to experience difficulty in recruiting such personnel. Any failure by the Company to hire qualified personnel on a timely basis could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is currently in the process of implementing new financial and project accounting software packages. The Company's ability to implement these new systems is likely to place substantial demands on certain of the Company's managerial resources. In addition, if the Company is unable to implement these software packages in a timely manner, the Company's ability to accurately forecast and manage its business may be adversely affected. The Company's failure to manage any expansion effectively, including any failure to integrate new management and employees or failure to continue to implement and improve financial, operational and management controls, systems and procedures, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

RISKS OF PLANNED INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION

Although the Company derived no revenue from international markets in 1997 or prior years, the Company has recently begun to pursue such opportunities. Regulatory standards and the pace of

12

adoption of new telecommunications technologies vary widely from country to country and may be different from those in the U.S. To the extent that such regulatory standards and market conditions do not encourage the deployment of products similar to the Company's, the Company may not be able to develop international markets for its products or services, which could have an adverse impact on the Company's future marketing prospects.

International expansion of the Company's business will require significant management attention and financial resources. Traditionally, international operations may be characterized by higher operating expenses, such as the establishment of foreign offices, the hiring of additional personnel, the localization and marketing of its products for particular foreign markets and the development of relationships with international service providers. As a result, if international revenue is generated, operating margins may be adversely affected. Moreover, in order to expand internationally, the Company will be required to establish relationships with distributors and third-party integrators. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively establish such relationships. If international revenue is not adequate to offset the additional expense of expanding foreign operations, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

PRODUCT LIABILITY

The Company's agreements with its customers typically contain provisions designed to limit the Company's exposure to potential liability for damages arising out of use of or defects in the Company's products. The nature and extent of such limitations, however, tend to vary from customer to customer and it is possible that such limitations of liability provisions may not be effective as a result of federal, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to such claims. Since the Company's software products may be used in critical business applications, a successful product liability claim brought against the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Defending such a suit, regardless of its merits, could involve substantial expense and require the time and attention of key management personnel, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company's business reputation could be adversely affected by product liability claims, regardless of their merit or the eventual outcome of such claims.

YEAR 2000 CAPABILITY

Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, in less than two years, computer systems and/or software used by many companies may need to be upgraded to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements. Significant uncertainty exists in the software industry concerning the potential effects associated with such compliance.

The Company believes that the purchasing patterns of customers and potential customers may be significantly affected by Year 2000 issues. Many companies are expending significant resources to correct or patch their current software systems for Year 2000 compliance. These expenditures may result in reduced funds available to purchase software products such as those offered by the Company. Many potential customers may also defer purchasing Year 2000 compliant products until they believe it is absolutely necessary, thus resulting in potentially deferred sales. Conversely, Year 2000 issues may cause other companies to accelerate purchases, thereby causing an increase in short-term demand and a consequent decrease in long-term demand for software products.

13

Additionally, Year 2000 issues could cause a significant number of companies, including current customers of the Company, to reevaluate their current system needs, and as a result consider switching to other systems or suppliers. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company currently offers software products that are designed to be Year 2000 compatible, and the Company's current contracts with its customers require that the Company warrant Year 2000 capability. Although the Company has designed its products to be Year 2000 capable and tests third-party software that is incorporated with the Company's products, there can be no assurance that the Company's software products, particularly when such products incorporate third-party software, contain all necessary date code changes.

The Company utilizes off-the-shelf and custom software developed internally and by third parties. To the extent that such software and systems do not comply with Year 2000 requirements, there can be no assurance that potential systems interruptions or the cost necessary to update such software will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

PROTECTION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT

The Company's success and ability to compete are dependent to a significant degree on its proprietary technology. The Company relies on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect its proprietary rights. The Company presently has no patents, but has patent applications pending in the U.S. on its three LNP products, NumberManager, OrderPath and NodeMaster. In addition, the Company has registered or filed for registration of certain of its trademarks. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company's products or technology without authorization, or to develop similar technology independently through reverse engineering or other means. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not adequately protect the Company's proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that the Company's means of protecting its proprietary rights in the U.S. or abroad will be adequate or that others will not independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to the Company's technology, duplicate the Company's technology or design around any patent of the Company. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce the Company's intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

There has been substantial litigation in the software industry regarding intellectual property rights, and there can be no assurance that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company of their intellectual property rights. If the Company were found to have infringed the intellectual property rights of any third party, the Company could be subject to liabilities for such infringement, which liabilities could be material. The Company could be required to seek licenses from other companies or to refrain from using or selling certain products or using certain processes. Although holders of patents and other intellectual property rights may offer licenses to their patent or other intellectual property rights, no assurance can be given that licenses would be offered or that the terms of any offered license would be acceptable to the Company. Any need to redesign the products or to enter into any royalty or licensing agreement could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company also relies on certain other technology which it licenses from third parties, including software that is integrated with internally developed software and used in the Company's products to

14

perform certain key functions. In particular, the Company's core LNP products, OrderPath, NumberManager and NodeMaster, all contain certain core software licensed from a current customer under a non-exclusive license, which may be licensed to other parties, including competitors of the Company. This license is terminable by the customer if the Company fails to meet certain contractual obligations. In addition, there can be no assurances that such third-party products do not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Although the licenses provided to the Company by such third parties typically contain intellectual property warranties and indemnification clauses, such clauses often are not as broad as those required by the Company's customers. Even when the indemnity that the Company received from a third-party licensor is as broad as the indemnity that the Company provides to its customers, the third- party licensors from which the Company would be receiving indemnity are often not well-capitalized and may not be able to indemnify the Company in the event that such third-party technology infringes the proprietary rights of others. Accordingly, the Company could have substantial exposure in the event that the technology licensed from a third party infringes another party's proprietary rights.

SECURITY

The Company has included security features in certain of its products that are intended to protect the privacy and integrity of customer data. Despite the existence of these security features, the Company's software products may be vulnerable to breaches in security due to defects in the security mechanisms, as well as vulnerabilities inherent in the operating system or hardware platform on which the product runs, and/or the networks attached to that platform. Security vulnerabilities, regardless of origin, could jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through the computer systems of the Company's customers. On all projects to date, the Company's customers have accepted responsibility for security issues associated with the operating system, hardware platform and network configuration; however, this may change in the future. Solving any future security problems may require significant capital expenditures and affect the Company's reputation and product acceptance, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

Upon completion of this offering, the Company's current directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately 52.4% of the outstanding Common Stock. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Such concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders".

NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Company's Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Company's Common Stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price. The trading price of the Company's Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating results, announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or its competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to the Company, general stock market and economic considerations and other events or factors. In addition, the stock

15

market has experienced volatility that has particularly affected the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies and that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of the Company's Common Stock. As a result of the foregoing factors, there can be no assurance that the Company's Common Stock will trade at or higher than the initial public offering price.

IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

Purchasers of the Common Stock will suffer an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock from the proposed initial public offering price. To the extent that options or warrants to purchase the Company's Common Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See "Dilution".

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have 10,831,318 shares of Common Stock outstanding, of which the 3,090,909 shares offered hereby by the Company and the 909,091 shares offered hereby by the Selling Stockholders will be freely tradable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined under the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The remaining 6,831,318 shares of Common Stock are "restricted securities" as that term is defined by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Beginning 90 days from the date of this Prospectus, approximately 24,028 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The Company, the Selling Stockholders, the directors, executive officers and certain other stockholders and optionees of the Company, holding in the aggregate approximately 6,807,290 shares of Common Stock, have agreed that they will not, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the Underwriters. Upon the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, all of such shares will become available for sale in the public market subject to compliance with Rule 144, Rule 144(k) or Rule
701. Holders of 6,740,909 shares of Common Stock have the right, under certain conditions, to participate in future Company registrations or to cause the Company to register certain shares of Common Stock owned by them. Additionally, holders of the Company's outstanding warrants to purchase 910,633 shares of Common Stock are entitled to registration rights upon the exercise of such warrants. In addition, the Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8, which will result in registration of a total of approximately 3,315,511 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"), of which options to purchase 1,875,528 shares were outstanding at December 31, 1997. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market may have an adverse impact on its market price. See "Description of Capital Stock-- Warrants", "--Registration Rights", "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting".

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

Upon completion of this offering, the Company's Board of Directors will have the authority to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences and privileges of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. Such issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing desired flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the

16

Company. The Company has no current plans to issue shares of Preferred Stock. In addition, the Company is subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibit the Company from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in the prescribed manner. The application of Section 203 and certain provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, including a classified Board of Directors, may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of management of the Company, which could adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Stock by discouraging or preventing takeover attempts that might result in the payment of a premium price to the Company's stockholders. See "Description of Capital Stock--Delaware Anti- Takeover Law and Certain Charter Provisions".

SUBSTANTIAL DISCRETION IN USE OF PROCEEDS

The Company currently has no specific plans for a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. As a consequence, the Company's management will have the discretion to allocate this portion of the net proceeds of this offering to uses that the stockholders may not deem desirable, and there can be no assurance that these proceeds can or will be invested to yield a significant return. See "Use of Proceeds".

17

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 3,090,909 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be $30,744,999 ($32,730,550 if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders".

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for repayment of its obligations under the Subordinated Notes and Stockholder Notes (as defined herein), working capital and other general corporate purposes. The respective principal amounts outstanding under the Subordinated Notes and the Stockholder Notes are $6,841,635 and $5,092,859 and bear interest at the rates of 9% (with deferred interest accrued at the rate of 12%) and 7.25%, respectively, with respective maturity dates of June 1, 2004 and January 2, 2006. The amounts actually expended by the Company for working capital purposes will depend upon a number of factors, including future revenue growth, the amount of cash generated by the Company's operations and the progress of the Company's product development efforts. The Company may also use a portion of such net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies that are complementary to those of the Company, although no specific acquisitions are planned as of the date of this Prospectus, and no portion of the net proceeds has been allocated for any particular acquisition.

Pending the uses described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY AND S CORPORATION STATUS

From June 7, 1985 to January 5, 1996, the Company was, for federal income tax purposes, an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and was also an S corporation for state income tax purposes under comparable state laws. As a result, the Company's net income during this period was taxed for federal and certain state income tax purposes directly to the Company's existing stockholders at that time at their individual federal and state income tax rates, rather than to the Company. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996, the Company made aggregate S corporation distributions to its stockholders in the amounts of $5,811,810 and $7,257,623, respectively.

Since January 5, 1996, at which time the Company ceased to be an S corporation, the Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends. The Company currently intends to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of its business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

18

DILUTION

The pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of the Company, as of September 30, 1997, was approximately $(1,275,000) or $(0.16) per share. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share is equal to the Company's total tangible assets less its total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock. After giving effect to the sale of the 3,090,909 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share), the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at September 30, 1997 would have been approximately $16,629,000 or $1.54 per share. This represents an immediate increase in such net tangible book value of $1.70 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.46 per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share.................         $11.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share................... $(0.16)
  Increase per share attributable to new investors(2)...........   1.70
                                                                 ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
 offering(3)....................................................           1.54
                                                                         ------
Dilution per share to new investors.............................         $ 9.46
                                                                         ======

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis, as of September 30, 1997, the difference between the number of shares purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share by the existing holders of Common Stock and by the new investors at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share:

                            SHARES PURCHASED(1)    TOTAL CONSIDERATION  AVERAGE
                            ------------------------------------------   PRICE
                              NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT    PERCENT PER SHARE
                            ------------ --------------------- ------- ---------
Existing stockholders......    7,731,468     71.5% $    65,450     .2%   $ .01
New investors..............    3,090,909     28.5   33,999,999   99.8    11.00
                            ------------  -------  -----------  -----    -----
  Totals...................   10,822,377    100.0% $34,065,449  100.0%
                            ============  =======  ===========  =====


(1) Excludes 1,775,480 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 1997 under the Company's Stock Option Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.95 per share, and 910,633 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 1997, at a weighted average exercise price of $.80 per share. In addition, in December 1997, the Board of Directors adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan and reserved an aggregate of 250,000 shares for issuance thereunder. To the extent that outstanding options and warrants are exercised in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants".
(2) Does not give effect to the exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
(3) After deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses of approximately $875,000 payable by the Company.

19

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the long-term obligations and capitalization of the Company as of September 30, 1997, (i) on an actual basis, (ii) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Non-voting Common Stock and Preferred Stock into Common Stock and (iii) pro forma as adjusted to give effect to the sale of 3,090,909 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share (after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses) and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. This table should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                                                PRO FORMA
                                     ACTUAL      PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                    -----------  -----------   -------------
                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
Current portion of long-term
 obligations....................... $     2,548  $     2,548    $     2,548
                                    ===========  ===========    ===========
Long-term obligations.............. $    13,938  $    13,938    $     2,004
                                    -----------  -----------    -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value;
   8,160 shares authorized, 8,160
   shares outstanding actual; no
   shares outstanding pro forma and
   pro forma as adjusted........... $       --   $       --     $       --
  Common Stock, $.001 par value;
   4,930,000 non-voting shares
   authorized and 1,611,758 shares
   outstanding actual; 10,700,000
   voting shares authorized and
   7,731,468 shares outstanding pro
   forma; 25,000,000 shares
   authorized and 10,822,377
   outstanding pro forma as
   adjusted(1).....................           2            8             11
  Additional paid-in capital.......       2,416        2,410         33,152
  Deferred compensation............      (1,214)      (1,214)        (1,214)
  Accumulated deficit..............        (160)        (160)          (160)
                                    -----------  -----------    -----------
    Total stockholders' equity.....       1,044        1,044         31,789
                                    -----------  -----------    -----------
    Total capitalization........... $    14,982  $    14,982    $    33,793
                                    ===========  ===========    ===========


(1) Excludes 1,775,480 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 1997 under the Company's Stock Option Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.95 per share, and 910,633 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 1997, at a weighted average exercise price of $.80 per share. In addition, in December 1997, the Board of Directors adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan and reserved an aggregate of 250,000 shares for issuance thereunder. To the extent that outstanding options and warrants are exercised in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants".

20

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", the financial statements and the notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statement of operations data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and as of September 30, 1997 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1992 and 1993 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 are derived from audited financial statements of the Company not included in this Prospectus. The unaudited statement of operations data for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1996 are derived from unaudited financial statements included in this Prospectus which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of the Company, include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) which are necessary to present fairly the results of operations and financial position of the Company for the period in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

                                                                       NINE MONTHS
                                                                          ENDED
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                          -----------------------------------------  ----------------
                           1992   1993     1994     1995     1996     1996     1997
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......  $    0 $     0  $     0  $     0  $   882  $   835  $14,482
 Other services.........   8,971  17,810   33,032   45,355   36,036   26,587   15,552
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Total revenue..........   8,971  17,810   33,032   45,355   36,918   27,422   30,034
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Cost of revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......      --      --       --       --      450      450    5,069
 Other services.........   5,957  11,327   18,181   26,589   24,081   18,342   14,033
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Total cost of revenue..   5,957  11,327   18,181   26,589   24,531   18,792   19,102
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Gross margin............   3,014   6,483   14,851   18,766   12,387    8,630   10,932
Operating expense:
 Sales and marketing....     421     881    1,898    3,405    2,913    1,920    3,436
 General and
  administrative........     684   1,280    4,321    7,725    8,587    6,351    6,345
 Research and
  development...........     107     213      482      821      641      634    1,166
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Total operating
  expense...............   1,212   2,374    6,701   11,951   12,141    8,905   10,947
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Operating income (loss).   1,802   4,109    8,150    6,815      246     (275)     (15)
Other income (expense),
 net....................       5     (47)    (136)    (689)  (1,422)  (1,129)  (1,079)
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........   1,807   4,062    8,014    6,126   (1,176)  (1,404)  (1,094)
Provision for (benefit
 from) income taxes.....       0       0        0        0       81       (9)    (948)
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net income (loss).......  $1,807 $ 4,062  $ 8,014  $ 6,126  $(1,257) $(1,395) $  (146)
                          ====== =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
Pro forma(1):
 Income (loss) before
  income taxes..........  $1,807 $ 4,062  $ 8,014  $ 6,126  $(1,176) $(1,404)
 Provision for (benefit
  from) income taxes....     663   1,626    3,007    2,301     (298)    (356)
                          ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Net income (loss)......  $1,144 $ 2,436  $ 5,007  $ 3,825  $  (878) $(1,048)
                          ====== =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
Pro forma net loss per
 common share(2)(3).....                                    $ (0.16)          $ (0.02)
                                                            =======           =======
Pro forma weighted aver-
 age common shares out-
 standing(2)............                                      7,747             7,934
                                                            =======           =======

                                     DECEMBER 31,
                         -------------------------------------         SEPTEMBER 30,
                          1992   1993   1994    1995    1996               1997
                         ------ ------ ------- ------- -------         -------------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash
  equivalents..........  $2,382 $3,964 $ 8,186 $ 1,269 $ 3,184          $ 3,134
 Working capital.......   1,274  2,484   4,728   3,174   6,390            5,593
 Total assets..........   4,780  8,527  17,901  19,203  24,356           28,428
 Long-term obligations.     478  1,128   2,610   6,059  18,096           16,486
 Stockholders' equity..   2,241  3,863   8,859   9,173     996            1,044


(1) Prior to January 6, 1996, the Company was an S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes, and, accordingly, the Company's income was taxed directly to the Company's stockholders at that time. Pro forma adjustments reflect the federal and state income taxes that would have been payable if the Company had not been an S corporation prior to January 6, 1996.
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for a discussion of the computation of net income (loss) per common share and weighted average common shares outstanding.
(3) Supplemental net income (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, assuming the subordinated debt with stockholders was not outstanding during any of the periods, and using the net proceeds of the offering, would be $(.07) and $.04, respectively. See "Use of Proceeds" and Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.

21

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

All statements, trend analysis and other information contained in the following discussion and elsewhere in this Prospectus relative to markets for the Company's products and services, and trends in revenue, gross margin and anticipated expense levels, as well as other statements including words such as "anticipate", "believe", "plan", "estimate", "expect" and "intend" and other similar expressions, constitute forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to business and economic risks and uncertainties, and the Company's actual results of operations may differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" as well as other risks and uncertainties referenced in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

The Company designs, develops, markets and supports OSS products for the telecommunications industry and provides a broad range of both fixed-price and time-and-materials custom software solutions. From its inception in 1985 through 1996, the Company focused on providing custom software development services, primarily to two telecommunications companies. Beginning in mid- 1995, one of the Company's major customers substantially reduced its purchases of custom software development services. The Company did not adjust its expenditures for personnel, facilities and equipment correspondingly, resulting in a significant downturn in profitability through 1996.

In May 1996, the Company obtained financing from new investors and reconstituted its Board of Directors. The new Board of Directors replaced the Company's senior management team beginning in July 1996. Under the direction of new management, the Company further reduced headcount to 270 employees by the end of 1996, representing a decrease of 44% from a high of 480 employees in the second quarter of 1995. The Company also made a strategic decision to shift its emphasis from being a time-and-materials based custom software developer to a provider of standard software products and related services in order to capitalize on the market opportunity for LNP solutions. In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company began marketing its first LNP products and generating license and related services revenue that accounted for 48% of the Company's total revenue for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997. As the Company increasingly focuses on licensing standard software products, the Company believes that license and related services revenue as well as associated maintenance revenue will increase, and other services revenue will decline, as a percentage of total revenue. See "Risk Factors--Shift in Strategic Focus From Custom Services to Software Products".

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Position 91-1, "Software Revenue Recognition". The Company derives revenue from license fees and services under the terms of both fixed- price and time-and-materials contracts. License fees and related services revenue during 1996 consisted of fees from non-LNP software products. Subsequent to 1996, license fees and related services revenue consists of revenue from contracts involving the Company's LNP products and related services. Other services revenue consists of custom programming, systems integration of third-party products, maintenance and training.

License fees and related services revenue is generated from fixed-price contracts that provide for both licenses and services and is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion for each contract is determined based on the ratio of direct labor hours incurred to total estimated direct labor hours. Amounts billed and collected in advance of services being performed are recorded as unearned revenue. Unbilled work-in-progress represents revenue earned but not yet billable under the terms of the fixed-price contracts and all such amounts are expected to be billed and collected during the succeeding 12 month period.

22

Services revenue provided under fixed-price contracts is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting described above. Revenue from other services provided pursuant to time-and-materials contracts is recognized as the services are performed. Maintenance revenue is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized ratably over the service period, which is generally 12 months. Revenue from training is recognized as the training is performed. When maintenance and training services are bundled with the original license fee arrangement, their fair value is deferred and recognized during the period such services are performed.

The Company may encounter cost overruns on fixed-price contracts caused by increased material, labor or overhead costs. Adjustments to cost estimates are made in the periods in which the facts requiring such revisions become known. Estimated losses, if any, are recorded in the period in which current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss. The Company does not anticipate a change in the timing of revenue recognition upon adoption of Statement of Position 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition". See "Risk Factors--Fixed-Price Contracts" and "--Lengthy Implementation Process; Customer Acceptance of LNP Products".

During the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company recognized approximately 70% and 78% of total revenue from two customers, each of which accounted for greater than 10% of the Company's revenue in such periods. During the year ended December 31, 1996 and the nine- month period ended September 30, 1997, the Company recognized approximately 73% and 89% of total revenue from five and six customers, respectively, each of which accounted for greater than 10% of the Company's revenue in such periods. As of December 31, 1995, 1996 and September 30, 1997, these customers accounted for 65%, 75% and 87% of contract receivables, respectively. The Company's payment terms generally range from 30 to 60 days from the date of invoice following achievement of specified contractual milestones. See "Risk Factors--Reliance on Significant Customers".

23

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain items contained in the Company's statement of operations reflected as a percentage of total revenue:

                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                  -------------------------   ---------------
                                   1994     1995     1996      1996     1997
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
Revenue:
  License fees and related
   services......................     0.0%     0.0%     2.4%     3.0%    48.2%
  Other services.................   100.0    100.0     97.6     97.0     51.8
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
    Total revenue................   100.0    100.0    100.0    100.0    100.0
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
Cost of revenue:
  License fees and related
   services......................     0.0      0.0      1.2      1.6     16.9
  Other services.................    55.0     58.6     65.2     66.9     46.7
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
    Total cost of revenue........    55.0     58.6     66.4     68.5     63.6
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
Gross margin.....................    45.0     41.4     33.6     31.5     36.4
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............     5.7      7.5      7.9      7.0     11.5
  General and administrative.....    13.1     17.0     23.3     23.2     21.1
  Research and development.......     1.5      1.8      1.7      2.3      3.9
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
    Total operating expenses.....    20.3     26.3     32.9     32.5     36.5
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
Operating income (loss)..........    24.7     15.1      0.7     (1.0)    (0.1)
Other income (expense), net......    (0.4)    (1.5)    (3.9)    (4.1)    (3.5)
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
Income (loss) before income
 taxes...........................    24.3     13.6     (3.2)    (5.1)    (3.6)
Provision for (benefit from)
 income taxes....................     0.0      0.0      0.2      0.1     (3.1)
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------   ------
Net income (loss)................    24.3%    13.6%    (3.4)%   (5.2)%   (0.5)%
                                  =======  =======  =======   ======   ======
Pro forma provision for (benefit
 from) income taxes..............     9.1      5.1     (0.8)    (1.3)
                                  -------  -------  -------   ------
Pro forma net income (loss)......    15.2%     8.5%    (2.4)%   (3.8)%
                                  =======  =======  =======   ======

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER

30, 1996

REVENUE. License fees and related services revenue increased by $13.6 million, or 1,634%, to $14.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $835,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. This increase reflects the successful introduction of the Company's initial LNP products in October 1996. Other services revenue, a majority of which was custom software development projects, decreased by $11.0 million, or 42%, to $15.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $26.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. License fees and related services as a percentage of total revenue increased to 48% for the first nine months of 1997 from 3% for the first nine months of 1996. Other services revenue as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 52% for the first nine months of 1997 from 97% for the first nine months of 1996. Changes in the Company's strategy resulted in the increased sales of standard software products and associated integration services, and lower revenue from custom development projects.

COST OF REVENUE. Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs, equipment depreciation and facilities costs and the cost of third-party software. Cost of license fees and related services increased by $4.6 million, or 1,026%, to $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $450,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of license fees and related services increased to 17% for the first nine months of

24

1997 from 2% for the first nine months of 1996. These increases reflected increased sales of LNP software products and related services consistent with management's decision to change the Company's strategy. Cost of other services decreased $4.3 million, or 23%, to $14 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $18.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of other services decreased to 47% for the first nine months of 1997 from 67% for the first nine months of 1996. The absolute amount of other services costs decreased in connection with the reduction in the Company's lease commitments and increased productivity of Company personnel. However, as a percentage of other services revenue, other services costs were negatively impacted by personnel costs incurred in anticipation of the signing of customer contracts.

SALES AND MARKETING. Sales and marketing expenses consist principally of compensation costs (including commissions), travel expenses, field sales office expenses and marketing communication expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 79%, to $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased to 12% in the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from 7% in the nine months ended September 30, 1996. This increase is attributable to the Company's expansion of its direct sales force by 12 persons to 16 to support sales of the new standard software products.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses consist of compensation costs for administration, facilities, finance, human resources, quality assurance and general management personnel, as well as legal and accounting expenses. General and administrative expenses totaled $6.3 million in both of the nine month periods ended September 30, 1997 and 1996. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 21% in the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from 23% in the nine months ended September 30, 1996. This decrease reflects the implementation of cost and headcount controls, partially offset by additional investments to improve the Company's operational, financial, management information and software development processes.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation costs, equipment, developmental tools and supplies. Research and development expenses increased by $532,000, or 84%, to $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $634,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses increased to 4% in the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from 2% in the nine months ended September 30, 1996. This increase resulted from additional staffing and associated costs in connection with the Company's strategic commitment to the development of MetOSS software product offerings. In addition, significant research and development expenses were recorded as cost of revenue in the nine month period ended September 30, 1997. This resulted from the Company entering into a license with a major customer prior to completion of the development effort. No research and development expenses were recorded as cost of revenue in the nine month period ended September 30, 1996.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET. Other income (expense), net includes interest expense on the Company's debt financing and capital lease obligations and interest income on cash. Other expense, net of other income, totaled $1.1 million in both of the nine month periods ended September 30, 1997 and 1996. As a percentage of revenue, other expense remained constant at 4% in the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1996.

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES. The Company recorded an income tax benefit in the nine months ended September 30, 1997 of $948,000, which resulted primarily from the Company's pretax loss coupled with significant research and development tax credits generated during this period. The increased benefit in 1997 was a result of research and development tax credits and the effect of the Company's conversion to a taxable corporate status during the nine months ended September 30, 1996. Prior to January 6, 1996, the Company operated as an S corporation for tax purposes and did not pay taxes at the corporate level. On a pro forma basis, assuming the Company had been a taxable

25

basis, assuming the Company had been a taxable entity since its inception, income tax benefit would have been approximately $356,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996, resulting in an effective income tax rate of 25%. The pro forma effective rate was lower than the federal statutory rate primarily because of a permanent difference associated with cancellation of indebtedness.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

REVENUE. Total revenue decreased by $8.5 million, or 19%, to $36.9 million in 1996 from $45.4 million in 1995. The decrease was primarily the result of a significant reduction in custom software consulting revenue from a major customer and the inability of the Company to replace the lost revenue with new customer contracts.

COST OF REVENUE. Cost of revenue decreased by $2.1 million, or 8%, in 1996 to $24.5 million from $26.6 million in 1995. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue increased to 66% in 1996 from 59% in 1995. Staff reductions were implemented in the fourth quarter of 1995 in response to reduced customer orders as described above. However, costs did not decrease proportionately with the decrease in revenue as commitments that had been made in prior periods under facilities, equipment and consulting contracts contributed to higher than desired expense levels.

SALES AND MARKETING. Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $492,000, or 14%, to $2.9 million in 1996 from $3.4 million in 1995. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses remained constant at 8% for 1996 and 1995. The decrease in absolute dollars was primarily due to the transfer of marketing personnel to custom software development projects.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses increased by $862,000, or 11%, in 1996 to $8.6 million from $7.7 million in 1995. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 23% in 1996 from 17% in 1995. This increase as a percentage of revenue was attributable to a decline in revenue and the opening of a new development facility, offset by a reduction in headcount.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses decreased by $180,000, or 22%, to $641,000 in 1996 from $821,000 in 1995. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses remained constant at 2% in 1996 and 1995. This absolute dollar decrease reflected management's decision to reduce staff and support costs in response to the loss of revenue.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET. Net other expense increased by $733,000, or 106%, to $1.4 million in 1996 from $689,000 in 1995. As a percentage of revenue, other expense increased to 4% in 1996 from 2% in 1995. The increase resulted primarily from the interest expense incurred on subordinated debt issued by the Company in May 1996.

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES. Prior to January 6, 1996, the Company operated as an S corporation for tax purposes and, accordingly, no income tax provision or liability was recorded because the results of the Company's operations were included in the returns of the individual stockholders. The tax benefit in 1996 differed from expected income tax rates primarily as a result of the conversion to a taxable corporation. On a pro forma basis, assuming the Company had been a taxable entity since its inception, income tax benefit would have been approximately $298,000 in 1996 compared to income tax expense in 1995 of $2.3 million, for an effective pro forma income tax rate of 25% and 38%, respectively. The pro forma effective rate for the year ended December 31, 1996 was lower than the federal statutory rate primarily because of a permanent difference associated with cancellation of indebtedness.

26

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

REVENUE. Total revenue increased by $12.4 million, or 37%, to $45.4 million in 1995 from $33.0 million in 1994. Revenue in both years was derived almost entirely from the Company's custom software development projects. Revenue peaked in the first quarter of 1995 at $12.5 million and began to decline throughout the remainder of that year due to customer project reductions.

COST OF REVENUE. Cost of revenue increased by $8.4 million, or 46%, to $26.6 million in 1995 from $18.2 million in 1994. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue increased to 59% in 1995 from 55% in 1994. This increase as a percentage of revenue was attributable to increases in personnel, equipment, depreciation and facilities costs.

SALES AND MARKETING. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 79%, to $3.4 million in 1995 from $1.9 million in 1994. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased to 8% in 1995 from 6% in 1994. Sales and marketing expenses increased due to the Company's increase in sales staff from three employees as of December 31, 1994 to nine as of December 31, 1995, as well as an expansion in marketing activity. These increases were a result of the Company's efforts to reverse the decline in revenue in response to the project curtailment by a major customer.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses increased by $3.4 million, or 79%, to $7.7 million in 1995 from $4.3 million in 1994. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 17% in 1995 from 13% in 1994. This increase was primarily the result of costs relating to new facilities and infrastructure, as well as a staff increase of 33 employees to support significant projects which were later curtailed by a major customer. In addition, this increased cost structure reflected professional service personnel, whose salaries otherwise would have been charged to cost of revenue but whose salaries were accounted for as general and administrative expenses during periods when they were underutilized.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses increased by $339,000, or 70%, to $821,000 in 1995 from $482,000 in 1994. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses remained constant at 2% in 1995 and 1994. The majority of research and development expenditures in 1995 were focused on the development of non-LNP software products.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET. Net other expense increased by $553,000, or 407%, to $689,000 in 1995 from $136,000 in 1994. As a percentage of revenue, other expense increased to 2% in 1995 from 0% in 1994. The primary increase was interest cost due to an additional $4.4 million in capital lease obligations.

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES. The Company had no tax provision in either 1995 or 1994 due to its non-taxable status. On a pro forma basis, assuming the Company had been a taxable entity since its inception, the provision for income taxes would have been $2.3 million and $3.0 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively, representing an effective income tax rate of 38% for both years. The rates were above the federal statutory rate primarily because of state income taxes.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company has experienced quarterly fluctuations in its operating and financial results, due to many factors, including fluctuating demand for custom software development projects, the timing and magnitude of new projects, cancellations or delays of projects, the timing of the introduction and market acceptance of its LNP products and fluctuations in costs, particularly personnel, equipment and facilities costs, associated with the Company's infrastructure. The Company expects quarterly fluctuations to continue as the Company introduces new software releases, new products and continues its expansion. Quarterly fluctuations may also result from the timing of introduction of products and services by the Company's competitors and other market factors. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Quarterly Results of Operations".

27

The tables below present unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for each of the seven quarters through September 30, 1997. This information has been derived from unaudited financial statements that have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements contained elsewhere in this Prospectus and, in the opinion of the Company, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information. These unaudited quarterly results should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

                                                    QUARTER ENDED
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                          MARCH 31,  JUNE 30, SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31, MARCH 31,  JUNE 30,  SEPT. 30,
                            1996       1996     1996       1996     1997       1997      1997
                          ---------  -------- ---------  -------- ---------  --------  ---------
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......   $   500    $    0   $  335     $   47   $ 2,200   $ 5,370    $ 6,912
 Other services.........     8,258     9,665    8,664      9,449     5,873     4,924      4,755
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
 Total revenue..........     8,758     9,665    8,999      9,496     8,073    10,294     11,667
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Cost of revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......       300        --      150         --     1,555     1,964      1,550
 Other services.........     5,939     6,524    5,879      5,739     4,205     4,267      5,561
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
 Total cost of revenue..     6,239     6,524    6,029      5,739     5,760     6,231      7,111
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Gross margin............     2,519     3,141    2,970      3,757     2,313     4,063      4,556
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....       690       512      718        993       762     1,120      1,554
 General and
  administrative........     2,373     1,738    2,240      2,236     2,008     2,265      2,072
 Research and
  development...........       419       205       10          7       597       221        348
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
 Total operating
  expenses..............     3,482     2,455    2,968      3,236     3,367     3,606      3,974
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Operating income (loss).      (963)      686        2        521    (1,054)      457        582
Other expense, net......      (290)     (384)    (455)      (293)     (365)     (404)      (310)
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........    (1,253)      302     (453)       228    (1,419)       53        272
Provision for (benefit
 from) income taxes.....       (82)      117      (44)        90    (1,228)       46        234
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Net income (loss).......   $(1,171)   $  185   $ (409)    $  138   $  (191)  $     7    $    38
                           =======    ======   ======     ======   =======   =======    =======
Pro Forma:
 Income (loss) before
  income taxes..........   $(1,253)   $  302   $ (453)    $  228
 Provision for (benefit
  from) income taxes....      (318)       77     (115)        58
                           -------    ------   ------     ------
 Net income (loss)......   $  (935)   $  225   $ (338)    $  170
                           =======    ======   ======     ======
AS A PERCENT OF TOTAL
 REVENUE:
Revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......       5.7%      0.0%     3.7%       0.5%     27.3%     52.2%      59.2%
 Other services.........      94.3     100.0     96.3       99.5      72.7      47.8       40.8
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
 Total revenue..........     100.0     100.0    100.0      100.0     100.0     100.0      100.0
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Cost of revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......       3.4       0.0      1.7        0.0      19.2      19.1       13.3
 Other services.........      67.8      67.5     65.3       60.4      52.1      41.4       47.6
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
 Total cost of revenue..      71.2      67.5     67.0       60.4      71.3      60.5       60.9
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Gross margin............      28.8      32.5     33.0       39.6      28.7      39.5       39.1
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....       7.9       5.3      8.0       10.5       9.4      10.9       13.3
 General and
  administrative........      27.1      18.0     24.9       23.5      24.9      22.0       17.8
 Research and
  development...........       4.8       2.1      0.1        0.1       7.4       2.1        3.0
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
 Total operating
  expenses..............      39.8      25.4     33.0       34.1      41.7      35.0       34.1
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Operating income (loss).     (11.0)      7.1      0.0        5.5     (13.0)      4.5        5.0
Other expense, net......      (3.3)     (4.0)    (5.1)      (3.1)     (4.5)     (3.9)      (2.7)
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........     (14.3)      3.1     (5.1)       2.4     (17.5)      0.6        2.3
Provision for (benefit
 from) income taxes.....      (0.9)      1.2     (0.5)       0.9     (15.2)      0.4        2.0
                           -------    ------   ------     ------   -------   -------    -------
Net income (loss).......     (13.4)%     1.9%    (4.6)%      1.5%     (2.3)%     0.2%       0.3%
                           =======    ======   ======     ======   =======   =======    =======
Pro Forma:
 Income (loss) before
  income taxes..........     (14.3)%     3.1%    (5.1)%      2.4%
 Provision for (benefit
  from) income taxes....      (3.6)      0.8     (1.3)       0.6
                           -------    ------   ------     ------
 Net income (loss)......     (10.7)%     2.3%    (3.8)%      1.8%
                           =======    ======   ======     ======

28

During 1996, license fees and related services revenue of approximately $900,000 reflected the delivery of non-LNP products to a major customer primarily in the first and third quarters. License fees and related services revenue significantly increased in the quarters ended March 31, June 30, and September 30, 1997, reflecting market acceptance of the Company's LNP products, rising to 59% of total revenue in the quarter ended September 30, 1997. Other services revenue fluctuated during 1996 due to the timing and completion of customer software development projects. In the fourth quarter of 1996, significant services revenue resulted from the completion of a major custom software development project at BellSouth, which did not continue into 1997. Furthermore, other services revenue declined substantially in absolute dollar terms in 1997 as a result of the Company's strategic shift to a product-based business. Other services revenue was adversely impacted in the second and third quarters of 1997 due to delays in signing contracts with two major customers for which work had commenced. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Quarterly Results of Operations", "--Reliance on Significant Customers" and "--Shift in Strategic Focus From Custom Services to Software Products".

Total cost of revenue has remained relatively constant in absolute dollar terms from the quarter ended March 31, 1996 through the quarter ended September 30, 1997. However, cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue has varied significantly from quarter to quarter, reflecting quarterly fluctuations in revenue. Total cost of revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 1996 as a percentage of revenue was significantly higher than the three succeeding quarters, a result of cost overruns on two projects completed in that quarter. Total cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue in the quarter ended December 31, 1996 declined from previous quarters as a result of increased revenue associated with the completion of the BellSouth contract. In the first and second quarters of 1997, significant research and development expenses were charged to cost of revenue. This resulted from the Company entering into a license with a major customer prior to completion of the internal development effort. Total cost of revenue in the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, 1997 as a percentage of revenue declined significantly from the immediately preceding quarter, as license fees and related services revenue, which has a lower cost, significantly increased as percentage of total revenue. Cost of license fees and related services in the first three quarters of 1997 reflect increasing productivity in the installation of LNP software as well as license cost. Cost of other services in the third quarter of 1997 was increased as a result of personnel costs incurred in anticipation of the signing of customer contracts.

Sales and marketing expense declined in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the quarter ended June 30, 1996 as a result of staff reduction. As the Company began to implement its strategic shift to LNP products and related services in late 1996, the Company reorganized its sales and marketing organization to implement its new product strategy, resulting in the gradual hiring of 16 individuals and the establishment of five sales offices. Additionally, product launch expenses caused a higher than normal spending level in the quarter ended December 31, 1996.

29

In the quarter ended March 31, 1996, general and administrative expense increased in part due to the Company increasing its bad debt reserve by approximately $577,000. In the quarter ended September 30, 1996, the Company increased its provision for pension plan liabilities by $430,000. Both of these changes significantly impacted operating results in the respective periods. In addition, general and administrative expenses increased in 1996 because of the allocation to general and administrative expense of the salaries and other expenses associated with underutilized custom development personnel. From the quarter ended March 31, 1997 through the quarter ended September 30, 1997, general and administrative expense has declined as a percentage of revenue, reflecting improved productivity, partially offset by investments in management, financial and quality control systems to support the Company's anticipated growth.

Research and development expense in quarters prior to June 30, 1996 was related to non-LNP products. Following the strategic decision to invest in standard software products, in late 1996, a software development laboratory was established, personnel were hired, and overall spending increased significantly. In the quarters ended September 30, 1996 and December 31, 1996, the cost of certain development personnel was allocated from research and development to the cost of performing a specific custom development project. This caused abnormally low levels of research and development expense in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenue in such periods. In addition, significant research and development expenses were recorded as cost of revenue in the first two quarters of 1997.

The Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Although the Company has recently experienced revenue growth, in particular with respect to software license revenue, such growth should not be considered indicative of future revenue growth, if any, or of future operating results. Failure by the Company, for any reason, to increase revenue would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Quarterly Results of Operations".

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company has historically financed its operations through a combination of cash flow from operations and borrowings. In addition, on May 31, 1996, the Company completed a private placement of $6.5 million in subordinated debt. At September 30, 1997, the Company's principal sources of liquidity included $3.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, a $7.0 million secured bank line of credit and a term loan agreement of $1.5 million, both of which expire in September 1998. The Company had outstanding letters of credit under the line of credit in the amount of approximately $664,000, and $667,000 outstanding with respect to the term debt as of September 30, 1997. During December 1997, the Company increased total available borrowings under its line of credit to $10.0 million. The Company intends to renew these credit facilities in 1998; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain adequate credit facilities on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The Company is required under the credit line to comply with certain financial covenants, with which the Company was in compliance at September 30, 1997 or waivers had been obtained.

The Company has senior subordinated promissory notes payable to stockholders in the amount of $6.8 million bearing semi-annual interest payments at a rate of 9% beginning April 1996, and principal repayments of $1.6 million due semi- annually beginning in 2000. The Company also has notes payable to stockholders in the amount of $5.1 million bearing annual interest payments of 7.25%,

30

with the principal due in 2006. The loan agreements contain covenants, including the maintenance of certain amounts of working capital and tangible net worth and limits on loans to related parties. The Company expects to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to retire all of its subordinated promissory and stockholder notes and related accrued interest. See "Use of Proceeds".

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $1.8 million in 1995, $1.5 million in 1996 and $4.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 1997. Net cash provided by operations in the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997 were substantially impacted by net income (loss) and non-cash charges, particularly depreciation and amortization expense, which totaled $2.5 million, $3.5 million and $2.9 million in the respective periods. In 1995 and 1996, net contract receivables, unbilled work-in-progress, unearned revenue and customer deposits used operating cash of $6.5 million and $2.6 million in the respective periods. Such cash usage was higher in 1995 due to several large contracts in the fourth quarter of 1995 which were billed and not collected, or in certain cases, not yet billed because project milestones had not been met. In 1997, the Company shifted predominantly to fixed-price contracts from time-and- materials billings. Such contracts typically include large milestone payments and initial down payments which may be billed and collected prior to actual completion of the related integration and consulting effort. As a result, unearned revenue and customer deposits provided $5.8 million in operating cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. Contract receivables and unbilled work-in-progress at September 30, 1997 used $3.2 million in operating cash flow.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $1.9 million in 1995, $2.1 million in 1996 and $2.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 1997. Net cash used in each period related primarily to purchases of furniture, fixtures and computer equipment.

Financing activities used $6.8 million in 1995, provided $2.6 million in 1996 and used $2.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 1997. In 1995, as an S corporation, the Company distributed $5.8 million to stockholders and had a net repayment of long-term obligations totaling $1.0 million. In 1996, the Company obtained aggregate financing of $10.8 million, of which $7.7 million was used to repay long-term obligations. Financing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 1997 were primarily repayments of capital lease obligations totaling $2.3 million.

At September 30, 1997, the Company had $5.6 million in working capital. The Company's principal commitments at September 30, 1997 were leases on its three facilities in the Denver metropolitan area and other operating leases totaling $23.2 million, net of sublease income, and capital lease obligations totaling $4.3 million. There were no material commitments for future capital expenditures at that date. The Company believes that the proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock in the offering, combined with existing cash balances, available credit facilities and funds generated by operations will be sufficient to meet its anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

31

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The Company has determined that the adoption of the recently issued Statement of Position 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition" and Statements of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share", No. 129, "Disclosures of Information about Capital Structure", No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", and No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", will not have a material impact on the timing of the Company's revenue recognition or its footnote disclosures. The pro forma effect of SFAS No. 128 is disclosed in the Notes to the Financial Statements included herein.

32

BUSINESS

Evolving Systems is a leading provider of selected software solutions and services that enable telecommunications carriers to address the technical challenges to their operational support systems created by the industry's rapidly changing competitive and regulatory environment. The Company's first- to-market LNP software solution, which enables carriers to meet the requirements that customers retain their local phone number when changing service providers, has been chosen by two of the five RBOCs and two of the three leading long distance carriers. The Company believes that the implementation of LNP will require significant changes in a broad range of carriers' software and systems that perform mission critical functions such as ordering, provisioning, service assurance and billing, collectively known as OSS.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY

Historically, telecommunications carriers operated in a highly regulated environment, with both local and long distance telephone service providers operating as monopolies with little competition. More recently, however, the U.S. and many foreign governments have begun to deregulate the telecommunications industry in order to reduce prices and improve telecommunications services through increased competition. Deregulation and the widespread adoption of new telecommunications technologies, such as fiber optics, digital wireless telephony and Internet-based services, have significantly increased the number of telecommunications carriers and created an increasingly competitive market. New entrants to the telecommunications service market include competitive local carriers, alternate access providers and wireless operators. To be competitive in this new environment, telecommunications service providers are seeking to rapidly enter new markets by offering differentiated services in a cost-effective manner.

The U.S. long distance market was opened to competition beginning in the early 1980s. More recently, the Act provides for the introduction of competition in local telephone service, allowing long distance, wireless and other carriers to enter local telephone markets. The Act, among other things, requires RBOCs and other ILECs to offer LNP, which allows customers to retain their local phone numbers regardless of the carrier providing local telephone service. The Act also requires that carriers unbundle local services and facilities, which requires that access to ILECs' ordering, service provisioning and billing systems be made available to competing carriers.

Similar initiatives to deregulate local telephone service have been adopted or are being considered in a number of foreign markets, including Australia, Belgium, Canada, Germany, Holland, Hong Kong and the United Kingdom. Recent adoption of the World Trade Organization agreement on basic telecommunications services may accelerate this trend. For example, the Canadian Radio-Television & Telecommunications Commission (the "CRTC") issued a report in 1995 in which LNP was identified as the critical catalyst to encourage competition among local telephone carriers. In 1997, the CRTC issued Decision 97-8, under which all service providers would gain equal access to local markets, providing impetus for the implementation of LNP throughout Canada.

These new competitive and regulatory pressures have created significant technological challenges for both existing and new carriers. Existing carriers must develop new systems that are interoperable with their legacy systems, not only to support the LNP and unbundling requirements of the Act but also to enable them to respond to increasing competitive challenges. In addition, new entrants to local telephone markets require LNP solutions that do not depend on an existing OSS infrastructure and that can be deployed quickly and cost- effectively. Thus, the Company believes that carriers' OSS are evolving from back-office legacy systems to strategic business systems that play an increasingly important role in enhancing competitiveness as well as enabling compliance with the requirements of the Act.

33

OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS

OSS encompass a broad array of software and systems that perform critical functions for telecommunications carriers, including ordering, provisioning, service assurance and billing. Ordering systems allow carriers to collect customer information, retrieve current service information, capture and validate new service requests, verify the availability of selected services and transmit completed orders to one or more provisioning OSS. Carriers use provisioning systems to install services for new customers and to change or add services for existing customers. Service assurance systems allow carriers to perform the testing, monitoring and reporting necessary to maintain network availability and feed operational data to other business systems. Billing systems are used by carriers to collect, collate, manage and report billing information. The following diagram depicts four areas of OSS and the key functions they provide.

[DIAGRAM APPEARS HERE DEPICTING THE OSS FUNCTIONAL AREAS, INCLUDING ORDERING,
PROVISIONING, SERVICE ASSURANCE AND BILLING]

Historically, as existing carriers have added new services, such as wireless or Internet-based services, they have developed multiple, distinct OSS. These legacy, proprietary OSS have typically been mainframe-based systems that in many cases utilize incompatible software and technologies, making communication among systems difficult. These OSS are further strained by the many incremental changes that have been made in order to accommodate new technologies, such as client/server technology and advancements in data networking, and the proliferation of value-added services, such as call waiting, call forwarding and voice mail. Despite these difficulties, carriers are unable to completely replace existing OSS due to the large investments and vast amounts of historical data contained in these systems. As a result, carriers continue to make incremental modifications to these OSS, further increasing their complexity and interoperability difficulties.

LNP CHALLENGES TO CURRENT OSS

The LNP requirements of the Act pose significant technological challenges to existing carriers' OSS, which are already strained by the changes caused by increasing competition, new technologies and the introduction of value-added services. LNP invalidates a fundamental design assumption of many existing OSS, which is the association between a customer's telephone number and the geographic location of a carrier's particular physical switch. Provisioning systems now must be able to receive and distribute on a real-time basis certain customer data in order to assure proper call handling, routing and completion. If the LNP data from ported numbers are not properly distributed to all carriers, calls to and from that number will not be routed correctly causing service problems for customers. Moreover, carriers that have not implemented LNP may incur substantial call termination or "dip" charges if they direct calls to regions where LNP has been mandated. After altering provisioning systems, carriers must then implement changes throughout many of their other OSS. These OSS are "hard-coded" in that each telephone number corresponds to a physical switch for the ordering, service assurance and billing systems. The implementation of LNP also requires new systems to pool, allocate and assign telephone numbers. Changes will be required to existing billing systems, which currently associate a telephone number with a fixed geographic location. As a result of these challenges, the Company believes a significant market opportunity exists for a range of LNP and OSS solutions that address the following needs of existing and new carriers:

. ROBUST LNP PROVISIONING SOLUTION. Carriers require flexible, scalable LNP provisioning solutions that allow them to cost-effectively support number portability for customers, as well as to address regulatory requirements. ILECs require LNP solutions that interface with regional number portability databases operated by the Number Portability Administration Centers ("NPACs"), which maintain and track data on ported telephone numbers, existing OSS, network switches and components. New wireless or other competitive local exchange carriers ("CLECs") require LNP

34

solutions that do not depend on an existing OSS infrastructure and that can be deployed quickly and cost-effectively. These LNP solutions should be based on industry standards to allow carriers flexibility with respect to subsequent OSS decisions and implementation. Additionally, solutions should be based on standard software products to minimize custom development efforts and deployment timeframes.

. INTEROPERABILITY AMONG CARRIERS. LNP and other requirements of the Act give rise to a variety of inter-carrier transactions by which services and access to facilities are bought and sold. When a customer ports a telephone number to a new service provider, the new service provider typically needs to provide, at a minimum, the range of services and facilities offered by the previous service provider. These services may include, for example, voice mail, call forwarding, directory assistance, calling card and operator services. If the new service provider does not offer all of these services, it may need to purchase certain services from the previous service provider. Although inter-carrier transactions can be processed manually, the Company believes that as the volume and complexity of inter-carrier transactions increase, both existing and new carriers will seek new OSS to process such transactions in order to reduce costs and minimize errors.

. SEAMLESS DATA DISSEMINATION THROUGHOUT CARRIERS' OSS. By introducing fundamental changes in the relationships among carriers' various OSS, LNP requires changes in how data are managed and disseminated within carriers. LNP allows carriers or customers to initiate changes in data relating to a customer or telephone number. Therefore, carriers must be able to disseminate LNP-related data throughout their OSS on a real-time basis. Thus, LNP creates the need for an OSS environment that supports multiple applications and that provides carriers with a central database to which other OSS can interface to obtain data on the carrier and the location of the switch servicing the telephone number. These data also include billing addresses to be utilized for rating purposes, and the facilities and value-added services now being provided for customer service, network management and maintenance purposes. Such an OSS environment should also contain standard legacy application interfaces to minimize implementation time.

. EXPERIENCED AND RELIABLE IMPLEMENTATION PROVIDER. To provide necessary support services for these LNP and LNP-related solutions, carriers will need vendors with significant telecommunications software and OSS-related domain expertise. ILECs need such vendors in order to integrate LNP and LNP-related solutions into their multiple legacy systems. CLECs that do not have personnel with the required expertise will need vendors to provide such services and expertise. These needs are further complicated by the fact that LNP implementation only began to occur in 1997, and few solution providers have experience in implementing LNP.

THE EVOLVING SYSTEMS SOLUTION

Recognizing the opportunity created by the ongoing deregulation of local telephone service, the Company has capitalized on its historic strength as a leading architect and developer of solutions for satisfying technically challenging OSS requirements to position itself as a provider of next- generation OSS solutions. The Company has initially focused on developing LNP products to address the immediate needs of carriers, quickly establishing itself as a leading supplier of LNP-based OSS solutions. The Company intends to leverage its initial LNP success to address the evolving needs of telecommunications service providers by developing and providing a family of innovative service provisioning and OSS solutions. The Company's MetOSS family of product offerings, including current LNP products and future LNP-related provisioning and OSS platform products, is designed to provide comprehensive, flexible, reliable and scalable solutions to meet carriers' needs in today's rapidly changing multi-carrier market. The Company's approach seeks to offer carriers time-to-market advantages, protection for legacy system investments, and cost-effective OSS deployment, staffing, operation and maintenance.

35

The Company's LNP and OSS solutions are designed to offer the following benefits:

. LEADING LNP SOLUTIONS. The Company delivered the first-to-market LNP OSS solution, which has been chosen by two of the five RBOCs and two of the three leading long distance carriers. The Company's MetOSS LNP products, OrderPath, NumberManager and NodeMaster, allow any telecommunications service provider to meet the mandates of the Act by enabling LNP when a customer changes carriers. The Company was a pioneer in developing standards and interface requirements for carriers to communicate with the NPACs, regional third-party clearinghouses required by the Act to oversee, mediate, track and resolve all customer LNP-related issues among U.S. carriers. The Company acted as the primary software architect and developer for the systems software used by Lockheed, one of two companies chosen as NPAC administrators.This enabled the Company to gain considerable time-to-market advantages and comprehensive knowledge of the operational and technical challenges facing the industry in commercially developing and releasing an LNP solution for carriers. The Company has developed an open, client/server based-LNP solution that allows carriers significant flexibility and rapid LNP deployment. Additionally, the Company's solutions comply with OSS interoperability standards governed by the Telecommunications Management Network ("TMN"), a global standards body for carriers, facilitating future changes to their OSS. The Company's solution also allows carriers to avoid the potentially significant "dip" charges that might otherwise be imposed based upon termination of calls in regions where LNP has been mandated.

. LNP-RELATED APPLICATIONS TO PROVIDE INTEROPERABILITY AMONG CARRIERS. The Company intends to release new OSS provisioning applications that are designed to enable carriers to effectively perform LNP-related inter-carrier provisioning transactions. Targeted for release by the end of 1998 or early 1999, the Company's new MetOSS provisioning applications, Local Service Exchange and Number Exchange, are designed to facilitate interoperability among carriers. Carriers utilizing Local Service Exchange will be able to coordinate the provisioning of facilities and services for LNP customers who wish to receive the same or similar services provided by their previous service provider. Local Service Exchange will enable carriers to initiate and process local service requests ("LSRs"). Local Service Exchange will allow carriers to track service provisioning response and turnaround times with other carriers and should reduce the number of errors associated with the manual processing of LSRs. Number Exchange will address the telephone number pooling, allocation and assignment requirements brought about by LNP, as well as provide a database to support call origination and termination identification thereby enabling accurate rating and billing for calls to or from regions which have implemented LNP.

. OSS PLATFORM TO FACILITATE DATA DISSEMINATION. The Company is developing its MetOSS-Global Enterprise Management System ("GEM") platform, an OSS environment that supports multiple applications and includes a scalable, extensible database, APIs for third-party developers to write compatible applications, business logic that governs the data dissemination throughout other OSS platforms and standard legacy application interfaces to facilitate rapid implementation. This platform is designed to provide a common, enterprise-wide and standards-based data scheme so that all of carriers' OSS can easily obtain data that has been affected by LNP.The GEM platform offers a high degree of modularity, with the first modules targeted for release by the end of 1998 or early 1999. The Company's platform is designed to provide interoperability standards and interfaces, allowing customers to select OSS applications developed by the Company or other third-party developers. The Company believes that customers adopting the MetOSS-GEM platform will realize savings on training, operations and maintenance due to the common user and operational interfaces.

. COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF SERVICES. The Company offers a comprehensive array of professional services, including product and system integration, custom software development and consulting services. The Company's service offerings build on more than a decade of experience with leading telecommunications companies such as GTE and Lucent, which has enabled the Company to

36

develop significant expertise in implementing highly complex, technically challenging OSS solutions. The Company also provides customer support, including system installation, testing, training, enhancements and upgrades, help desk support, user group seminars and software audits. The Company believes that this full range of professional and customer support services represents a source of competitive advantage.

THE EVOLVING SYSTEMS STRATEGY

The Company's objective is to become a leading provider of next-generation OSS solutions to telecommunications companies. Key elements of the Company's strategy include:

. MAINTAIN MARKET LEADERSHIP IN SERVICE PROVISIONING PRODUCTS. The Company intends to continue leveraging its LNP market position to obtain leadership positions in future provisioning applications and OSS products, as well as to influence standards in these areas. By targeting OSS areas where the Company possesses domain knowledge and expertise, the Company believes it can rapidly capture market share. The Company believes that its close relationship with Lockheed, which is one of two NPAC administrators and the firm responsible for third-party administration of telephone numbers, affords the Company industry foresight into the future direction and needs of carriers' LNP-related provisioning and other OSS requirements. For example, the Company's Local Service Exchange and Number Exchange provisioning products, which are expected to be released by late 1998 or early 1999, are designed to facilitate interoperability among carriers.

. DEVELOP NEXT-GENERATION OSS APPLICATIONS PLATFORM. The Company's MetOSS- GEM platform is designed to offer carriers an OSS environment that supports multiple applications developed by the Company or by third-party developers. The Company plans to incorporate interoperability standards in its platform architecture to allow service providers and third-party software developers to design applications using the Company's development environment and APIs. The Company believes that this platform product, slated for initial release by late 1998 or early 1999, will enable carriers to effectively disseminate LNP- related data throughout carriers' OSS infrastructures. The Company's OSS platform is being designed to offer carriers an integrated migration path to solve future OSS challenges, reduce training and staffing costs and extend the life of OSS investments and technologies.

. LEVERAGE TELECOMMUNICATIONS DOMAIN EXPERTISE. The Company intends to leverage its considerable domain expertise in telecommunications software and systems integration services to develop its MetOSS product offerings, including the platform, provisioning and other OSS products. The Company believes that its experience with large telecommunications companies over the past decade in developing pioneering solutions for critical needs in the areas of customer provisioning, network management and wireless data has allowed it to develop broad domain expertise and technical skills. The Company also intends to selectively maintain custom software development projects with leading telecommunication companies in order to maintain its domain expertise.

. EXPAND STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS. The Company intends to facilitate the development of third- party software applications that are compatible with its MetOSS-GEM platform by introducing in late 1998 or early 1999 a third-party software application development environment and a set of application specifications for its platform. By developing partnerships with leading ordering, billing and service assurance application providers, the Company believes carriers that adopt its OSS platform will be able to adopt point applications from multiple vendors while maintaining data interoperability across such applications. In order to broaden its sales presence and further penetrate selected accounts and international markets, the Company plans to complement its direct sales efforts through relationships with systems integrators and services organizations.

37

. MAINTAIN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE EXPERTISE. The Company intends to maintain a strong focus on its professional services and systems integration business activities in order to facilitate sales of software products and gain ongoing insight into customer requirements. The Company will continue to perform systems integration in key OSS domain areas and in implementation of its MetOSS products. For example, the Company intends to provide product integration and support services to customers who have licensed third-party applications that support the Company's MetOSS platform products.

METOSS APPLICATION AND PLATFORM ARCHITECTURE

The Company's existing LNP applications and future provisioning applications are designed as open client/server applications, supporting Windows 95, Windows NT, and Java-based clients, HP/UX-based server operating systems and Oracle relational database software. The applications use object-oriented application methodologies and afford users a modular, scalable solution. The Company has a strong commitment to the Internet as all current and future applications are being designed to incorporate the use of Java and web browsers. The Company's applications are designed to function either on a standalone basis or concurrently with other applications on the Company's MetOSS-GEM platform.

The Company's MetOSS-GEM platform is being designed and developed to support multiple, interoperable OSS applications running concurrently in a distributed, scalable network computing environment. The platform will support the HP/UX-based server operating system and Oracle relational database software, and incorporates selected components from third-party middleware suppliers. The Company has published rules and standards on the use of the platform for its internal, third-party and customer software developers, including user interface and API specifications, as well as guidelines for data extensibility between OSS.

METOSS PRODUCTS

The Company's MetOSS products include its LNP-based service provisioning products, its future provisioning products, which will address carrier requirements created as a result of LNP, and its future OSS platform products.

LNP PRODUCTS

The Company's LNP products enable carriers to accommodate customer requests to change carriers while retaining the same phone number, and to obtain and disseminate call routing data to carriers' networks. The Company currently offers three LNP products, which were released in the first half of 1997. The Company's LNP products are licensed under perpetual licenses and may be licensed separately or bundled as a complete solution. The prices for such licenses are based upon modules selected by the customer and the number of access lines or wireless subscribers serviced by the customer. Prices start at approximately $200,000 for a limited-use license and are graduated in intervals to over $1 million for unlimited access line/subscriber use. Customers licensing an application on a limited usage basis pay additional license fees as their number of access lines/subscribers increases. The Company is currently in the process of enhancing its LNP products to address the marketplace requirements and standards being developed for the wireless industry. General software upgrades and enhancements for all products are planned. The following diagram depicts the Company's current LNP products and how they are designed to interface to legacy and other OSS applications and gateways.

[Diagram appears here depicting the relationship between the Company's current LNP products and other elements of the OSS]

38

ORDERPATH enables carriers to process requests by customers for changing carriers while retaining the same telephone number. OrderPath provides a direct link by the carrier to any of the NPACs, and supports NPAC systems operated by Lockheed and by Perot Systems ("Perot"). The Company's products are also sold with a number of standard interfaces to legacy systems, such as Bellcore's SOAC system. Consistent with the Company's standards-based approach, the product complies with North American Numbering Council specifications, which specify carrier interoperability with the NPAC.

NUMBERMANAGER enables carriers to receive downloads from NPACs, allowing carriers to update their network switches, provisioning systems and other OSS on a real-time basis as numbers are ported. NumberManager supports both Lockheed and Perot-operated NPACs, as well as a number of standard interfaces to switching equipment from leading vendors, such as Nortel, Ericsson, Lucent, and Bellcore.

NODEMASTER complements OrderPath and NumberManager by providing an interface between NumberManager and the carriers' physical network infrastructures. NodeMaster is also sold with standard interfaces to hardware switches and equipment from leading vendors. NodeMaster was designed to provide carriers with the flexibility to operate in a multi-vendor hardware environment.

FUTURE SERVICE PROVISIONING PRODUCTS

The Company believes that as carriers implement LNP solutions they will see a need for other OSS products that interface with these solutions. The Company plans to develop a family of complementary OSS products based upon its MetOSS architecture that will streamline customer provisioning and support. The Company expects these products to be released by late 1998 or early 1999, and to be licensed on a perpetual basis with pricing similar to the Company's LNP products. The following diagram illustrates how the Company's MetOSS-GEM platform is designed to extend a carrier's OSS environment to support multiple applications developed by the Company or third-party developers.

[Diagram appears here depicting the Company's current and planned products in relation to the Company's MetOSS-GEM platform]

The Company has the following MetOSS products under development.

LOCAL SERVICE EXCHANGE is being designed to automate the creation and exchange of LSRs between carriers. LSRs contain the details of customers' services such as call waiting, call forwarding and voice mail. This product automates the LSR process, which is currently performed in a costly manual fashion. The Company expects LSR processing volume to increase as a result of deregulation and LNP. The product provides an interface between carriers and meets industry standards, such as the Order and Billing Forum specifications, which define interfaces and record formats for the electronic exchange of orders and billing data.

NUMBER EXCHANGE is being designed to address the telephone number management and allocation requirements of service providers who have implemented LNP solutions. Upon the introduction of LNP, service providers will be required to implement systems which provide more efficient and automated telephone number pooling, number management, allocation and reservations,

39

as well as interface with the new third-party telephone number administrator. Number Exchange provides carriers with interfaces to these telephone number administrators, allowing carriers control of their number pooling, administration and assignment, which were previously under the control of ILECs. NumberManager also is being designed to track the coordinates of call origination and termination, in order to ensure accurate rating of calls for billing purposes.

FUTURE PLATFORM PRODUCTS

The Company is currently developing MetOSS-GEM, an OSS environment that supports multiple applications, that is designed to enable carriers to effectively disseminate LNP and other data throughout carriers' OSS infrastructures. Carriers that adopt the Company's platform will be able to choose among leading third-party applications in ordering, provisioning, service assurance and billing, share data effectively among these applications and rapidly implement multiple applications. The Company expects to sell the modules both separately and as an integrated solution. The Company anticipates the first release of the platform by late 1998 or early 1999.

The first release of the Company's MetOSS-GEM platform product is scheduled to incorporate three functional modules. The specifications for the Shared Services Module set forth standards for the design and development of both the Company's and third parties' OSS applications written to the platform. The Shared Services Module is intended to provide common services, such as transaction processing, data sharing and security among all applications operating on the platform. While the initial version of the Shared Services Module will be comprised primarily of non-proprietary, commercially available software products from third-party vendors, future versions of the Shared Services Module are anticipated to add proprietary functionality, as well as the rules and standards for use of third-party components. The Enterprise Information Module is being designed to provide data warehousing and a single enterprise data view across all applications. The data and information in the Enterprise Information Module is intended to be accessed and utilized for a wide range of applications and reporting, such as parity reporting and churn analysis. The Development Environment Module will provide the rules and programming interfaces to be used by internal, third-party, or customer software application developers for compatibility with MetOSS.

The Company is developing two additional MetOSS modules for subsequent release, the Gateway Module and the Extensibility Module. The Gateway Module is being designed to provide the mechanism for integrating external systems into the MetOSS environment, thus allowing carriers to benefit from rapid implementation and data communication throughout their OSS. The Gateway Module will be utilized for both inter- and intra-carrier systems and will support the most common interface protocols and devices. The Extensibility Module will define data formatting and user interfaces specifications for applications, ensuring common user interfaces, data exchange and sharing among applications. See "Risk Factors--Rapid Technological Change; Risks Associated With New Versions and New Products; Risks of Software Defects".

SERVICES

The Company's professional services are focused primarily on product integration, systems integration and customer support. The Company prices its professional services on either a fixed-price or a time-and-materials basis.

PRODUCT INTEGRATION. The Company's proprietary Product Integration Review ("PIR") process defines customer requirements associated with the installation and integration of the Company's software products. The Company's PIR produces a set of documents that describe the project deliverables, installation process, any legacy system interfaces and software development requirements, as well as the project timeline and milestones. The Company believes its PIR positions it for a successful customer relationship and creates opportunities for additional product sales or services engagements.

40

SYSTEMS INTEGRATION AND CUSTOM SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT. The Company provides a range of systems integration services, including system design, database design, network design, network configuration and other system-development areas of expertise. The Company also provides systems integration services for third-party software products. The Company provides its custom software customers with software development services spanning the complete system development lifecycle from feasibility and requirements gathering through development and production rollout.

CUSTOMER SUPPORT. The Company provides a broad array of customer support services, including 24 hour per day help desk support, problem resolution, software maintenance and scheduled software upgrades, complete training and documentation for products and services, and quality assurance. The Company's typical software maintenance agreement has a 12-month term.

CUSTOMERS

The Company markets its products and services to a range of existing service providers, including ILECs, CLECs, interexchange carriers and competitive local exchange carriers. Historically, the Company's revenue has been generated from sales to customers in the U.S. The Company's LNP and custom software development customers by market are described below. See "Risk Factors--Reliance on Significant Customers".

INCUMBENT LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIERS. The Company's offerings to ILECs include LNP solutions, OSS provisioning, order activation solutions, consulting and custom software development. The Company's LNP customers include Ameritech, Southwestern Bell and Pacific Bell, and the Company has supplied custom software development projects for BellSouth, GTE, Pacific Bell and Southwestern Bell.

WIRELESS SERVICE PROVIDERS. The Company provides wireless service providers with over-the-air provisioning and service activation software, wireless data applications and billing and cellular digital packet data ("CDPD") solutions. The Company has supplied custom software and consulting services to AT&T Wireless, Bell Atlantic Mobile, GTE Mobilenet, Southern New England Telephone and Sprint PCS.

INTEREXCHANGE SERVICE PROVIDERS. The Company has supplied LNP and custom software for WorldCom and Sprint.

COMPETITIVE LOCAL EXCHANGE COMPANIES. The Company provides organizations such as ICG Communications Inc., TCG and WorldCom with OSS provisioning, order entry, order activation, billing and customer care solutions, as well as professional services such as systems integration and custom software development.

NETWORK EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS. The Company provides software and services to equipment suppliers such as Lucent, Nortel, Ericsson and Stratus Computer, Inc., which is either integrated into hardware products or sold separately. The Company also works with these and other network equipment vendors to develop interfaces between the Company's MetOSS products and network switches and systems.

MARKETING AND SALES

The Company's marketing efforts include direct marketing to targeted accounts, participation in selected trade shows, advertising in specific industry trade journals, presentations at industry conferences and forums, press releases to the industry and certain other marketing initiatives. The primary objectives of the Company's marketing efforts are to generate market awareness and qualified leads. The Company's sales activities are primarily conducted through a direct sales and sales support

41

organization, complemented by other sales channels including strategic distribution partners who help to identify and qualify leads. The Company assigns a dedicated account manager to each major customer. As of December 31, 1997, the Company's direct sales force consisted of 16 individuals, located in six cities in the U.S. Due to the complex nature of the Company's products and services and to the procurement processes of its customers, the sales cycle can range from 60 days to more than a year.

The Company's marketing and sales efforts have been focused primarily on facility-based local exchange, interexchange and wireless service providers in the U.S., and substantially all of the Company's sales have been to U.S. customers. The Company believes that significant demand exists for new OSS products and services outside of the U.S. due to increased deregulation and resulting competition. The Company intends to expand its sales and marketing efforts outside of the U.S. through a combination of direct sales in selected markets, partnering with specific third-party systems integrators and software suppliers and the extension of its relationships with existing customers as they expand into international markets. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Planned International Expansion".

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The Company's research and development efforts are primarily focused on identifying market requirements and performing design and development functions. These activities follow the Company's Product Development Process ("PDP") that governs the product lifecycle from concept through product launch and subsequent retirement from the marketplace through the use of cross- functional teams. The PDP provides the Company's senior management with a series of decision milestones that allows management to consider ongoing projects on a regular basis. The Company's research and development expenditures for 1996 were $641,000, representing 2% of total revenue, and for the first nine months of 1997 were $1.2 million, representing 4% of total revenues. See "Risk Factors--Rapid Technological Change; Risks Associated with New Versions and New Products; Risks of Software Defects".

COMPETITION

The Company's primary markets are intensely competitive and are subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and regulatory developments. The Company faces continuous demand for improved product performance, new product features and reduced prices, as well as intense pressure to accelerate the release of new products and product enhancements. The Company's existing and potential competitors include many large domestic and international companies, including certain of the Company's customers, that have substantially greater financial, manufacturing, technological, marketing, distribution and other resources, larger installed customer bases and longer-standing relationships with customers than the Company. The Company's principal competitors in the LNP market include Bellcore, Lucent, Nortel and Tekelec. The Company believes that competitors of its MetOSS products will include AG Communications, Bellcore, CBIS, Ericsson, and Lucent. The Company expects competition to increase in the future from existing competitors and from other companies that may enter the Company's existing or future markets with solutions which may be less costly, provide higher performance or additional features or be introduced earlier than the Company's solutions. Many telecommunications companies have large internal development organizations which develop software solutions and provide services similar to the Company's products and services. In addition, customers who have purchased custom software solutions from the Company are not precluded from competing with the Company.

The Company believes that its ability to compete successfully depends on numerous factors, both within and outside of its control, including responsiveness to service providers' needs, quality and reliability of the Company's and its competitors' products and services, price, project management capabilities, technical subject matter expertise, quality of customer service and support, the emergence

42

of new industry standards, the development of technical innovations, the attraction and retention of qualified personnel, regulatory changes and general market and economic conditions. A variety of potential actions by the Company's competitors, including a reduction of product prices or increased promotion, announcement or accelerated introduction of new or enhanced products, or cooperative relationships among competitors, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors or will properly identify and address the demands of new markets. The failure by the Company to adapt to emerging market demands, respond to regulatory and technological changes or to compete successfully with existing and new competitors would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk Factors--Competition".

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

The Company's success and ability to compete are dependent to a significant degree on its proprietary technology. The Company relies on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect its proprietary rights. The Company presently has no patents, but has patent applications pending in the U.S. on elements of three of its LNP products, NumberManager, OrderPath and NodeMaster. In addition, the Company has registered or filed for registration of certain of its trademarks. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company's products or technology without authorization, or to develop similar technology independently through reverse engineering or other means. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not adequately protect the Company's proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that the Company's means of protecting its proprietary rights in the U.S. or abroad will be adequate or that others will not independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to the Company's technology, duplicate the Company's technology or design around any patent of the Company. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce the Company's intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk Factors--Protection of Intellectual Property; Risks of Infringement".

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 1997, the Company employed a total of 313 employees, of which 61 are research and development staff, 167 professional services staff, 65 are general and administrative staff, and 20 are marketing and sales staff. None of the Company's employees is represented by a labor union. The Company has experienced no work stoppages and believes that its relations with its employees are good.

FACILITIES

The Company leases office space at three locations in the Denver, Colorado metropolitan area, including two in the Englewood area (Meridian and Southgate) and one in the Boulder area (Centennial Valley). The Southgate office contains the corporate headquarters, administrative, legal, and sales and marketing, with software development and customer support performed at the Meridian, Southgate and the Boulder locations. The Company also leases sales offices in Dallas, Chicago, Atlanta, San Francisco and Washington, D.C. The Company's leases in the Denver, Colorado metropolitan area are shown below:

               LOCATION                 SQUARE FOOTAGE LEASE EXPIRATION
               --------                 -------------- ----------------
Meridian...............................    120,281        11/30/2016
Southgate..............................     68,566        12/31/2000
Centennial Valley......................     10,992        10/31/2002

43

The Company believes that its current office space, together with the additional Meridian space that will become available in 1998, will be adequate to meet the Company's current needs through approximately 1999.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Company has been involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which would, in management's opinion, have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

44

MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The executive officers and directors of the Company and their ages as of December 31, 1997 are as follows:

          NAME                    AGE                     POSITION
          ----                    ---                     --------
George A. Hallenbeck(1)(2).......  55 Chairman of the Board of Directors
J. Richard Abramson..............  49 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Roger A. Barnes..................  49 Senior Vice President of Finance, Chief
                                      Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant
                                      Secretary
Jeffrey J. Finn..................  39 Senior Vice President and General Manager of
                                      Product Development and Distribution
James M. Ross....................  55 Senior Vice President and General Manager of
                                      Services
Marilu C. Crosby.................  50 Vice President of Human Resources
Robert M. Gahan..................  46 Vice President of Corporate Development
David J. Molny...................  39 Vice President, Chief Technical Officer and
                                      Director
Anita T. Moseley.................  45 Vice President of Legal Services, General
                                      Counsel and Secretary
Terry C. Porter..................  45 Vice President of Sales and Sales Support
Harry B. Fair(1)(2)..............  47 Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
Donald R. Dixon(2)...............  50 Director
Robert J. Loarie(1)..............  54 Director


(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

GEORGE A. HALLENBECK was a founder of the Company in June 1985 and has served as Chairman and a member of the Board of Directors since that time. Mr. Hallenbeck served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer from June 1985 until December 1996 and as its President from June 1985 until December 1988. Mr. Hallenbeck currently provides independent consulting services to technology companies. Mr. Hallenbeck received a B.A. from the University of Colorado.

J. RICHARD ABRAMSON joined the Company as its President and Chief Operating Officer in August 1996, serving in such capacities until December 1996 when he became the President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Abramson has been a member of the Company's Board of Directors since November 1996. From May 1990 through January 1996, Mr. Abramson served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Prairie Systems, Inc., a privately-held company which provides software products and services for the telecommunications industry ("Prairie Systems"). Before 1990, Mr. Abramson held various executive management positions with Applied Communications, Inc. (which was acquired by U.S. West in 1986) and ACI Telecom, companies which provide software and services for the banking and telecommunications industry, and various sales and marketing management positions at First Data Resources and IBM. Mr. Abramson holds a B.S. from the University of Nebraska.

ROGER A. BARNES joined the Company in November 1997 as Senior Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary. From February 1996 to June 1997, Mr. Barnes served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Formida Software Corporation, a privately-held company which provides software products for the development of applications utilizing advanced object relational database technology. From February 1995 to February 1996, Mr. Barnes held the position of Director, Technology Corporate Finance at Arthur Andersen & Co., LLP, where he

45

established the firm's technology corporate finance advisory practice. Between 1991 and 1994, Mr. Barnes served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Centur Consulting Group, his own financial advisory consulting company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Barnes held various executive management positions at American President Companies, Ltd. and ROLM Corporation. Mr. Barnes holds a B.S. from the University of Nebraska.

JEFFREY J. FINN joined the Company in July 1996 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing and held that position until September 1997 when he assumed the position of Senior Vice President and General Manager of Product Development and Distribution. From 1990 until 1996, Mr. Finn served as the Senior Vice President of Prairie Systems. Earlier in his career, Mr. Finn held various positions at ACI Telecom and IBM. Mr. Finn holds a B.S. from the University of Nebraska.

JAMES M. ROSS joined the Company in June 1997 as Vice President of Integration Services and held that position until September 1997 when he assumed the position of Senior Vice President and General Manager of Services. Mr. Ross served as Senior Vice President of APAC Teleservices Inc., a customer care outsourcing company, from June 1996 until May 1997, and as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Cap Gemini Sogeti, an international information technology and systems integration company, from December 1994 until May 1996. From August 1991 to June 1994, Mr. Ross served as Executive Vice President - Managing Director, Worldwide Telecommunications of SHL Systemhouse Inc., a global information technology and systems integration company. Mr. Ross holds a B.A. from Rutgers University.

MARILU C. CROSBY joined the Company in December 1996 as Vice President of Human Resources. From July 1996 to December 1996, she served as a principal with Crosby, Bowen & McCoy, Inc., a benefits outsourcing company, and, from December 1992 until June 1996, she was the Vice President of Human Resources at Wadley Medical Center. Ms. Crosby holds a B.A. from Augusta College and an M.A. from the University of South Carolina.

ROBERT M. GAHAN joined the Company in May 1997 as Director of Business Development and held that position until August 1997 when he assumed the position of Vice President of Corporate Development. From January 1993 until December 1996, Mr. Gahan served as National Sales Director at Qwest Communications, a Denver-based telecommunications company. Previously, Mr. Gahan held the positions of General Manager at Bakersfield Cellular Telephone Company, a business unit of BellSouth Cellular Corporation, a telecommunications company, and Senior Sales Manager for U.S. West Cellular. Mr. Gahan holds a B.A. from the University of Iowa.

DAVID J. MOLNY joined the Company in February 1987, serving as a system architect and group manager on numerous development projects, until September 1997 when he assumed the positions of Vice President and Chief Technical Officer of the Company. Mr. Molny has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors since November 1996. Previously, Mr. Molny held various positions at AT&T Bell Laboratories and AT&T Network Systems, both telecommunications companies. Mr. Molny holds a B.S. from the State University of New York at Potsdam and an M.S. from the University of Southern California.

ANITA T. MOSELEY joined the Company in May 1994 as corporate counsel of the Company and held that position until June 1997 when she assumed the positions of Vice President of Legal Services, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company. Between September 1991 and May 1994, she held an in-house corporate counsel position with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation/Resolution Trust Corporation. Ms. Moseley holds a B.A. from Syracuse University and a J.D. from the University of Utah.

TERRY C. PORTER joined the Company in May 1997 as Director of Sales and Sales Support and held that position until September 1997 when he assumed the position of Vice President of Sales and Sales Support. From March 1996 until May 1997, Mr. Porter was the Managing Director of U.S. Operations,

46

responsible for middleware sales and support, at Siemens Nixdorf Information Systems. Prior to 1996, Mr. Porter served in various executive management positions at Covia Technologies, a company providing interoperable message- based product groups. Mr. Porter holds a B.S. from Purdue University.

HARRY B. FAIR has served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors since April 1996. Mr. Fair is one of the founders of the Company and has served on the Company's Board of Directors since 1986. Mr. Fair served as President of the Company between December 1988 and April 1996. Mr. Fair currently is the General Manager of several companies that provide infrastructure commercial data and voice communications, internet solutions and technical solutions for credit unions. Mr. Fair holds a B.A. from the University of Denver. Following this offering, it is anticipated that the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors position will be eliminated and Mr. Fair will serve as a member of the Company's Board of Directors.

DONALD R. DIXON has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors since December 1997 and previously served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors from May 1996 to November 1996. Since 1993, Mr. Dixon has been associated with Trident Capital, L.P., a venture capital firm ("Trident"), which he helped found. From 1988 to 1993, Mr. Dixon served as Co-President of Partech International, a private equity fund manager associated with Banque Paribas. Mr. Dixon serves as a director of Bank America Merchant Services, Inc., Pegasus Systems, Inc., Platinum Software Corporation, as well as several privately-held companies. Trident manages Information Associates L.P. and Information Associates, C.V., both of which are stockholders of the Company. Mr. Dixon holds a B.S. from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

ROBERT J. LOARIE has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors since May 1996. Since August 1992, Mr. Loarie has been a Principal of, and since December 1997, a Managing Director of, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, a diversified investment firm, and a general partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Partners, L.P. and Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P., venture capital investment partnerships. Since November 1996, Mr. Loarie has also served as a managing member of Morgan Stanley Venture Partners III, L.L.C., a venture capital investment company. Mr. Loarie also serves as a director of Adaptec, Inc., TelCom Semiconductor, Inc. and several privately- held companies. Mr. Loarie holds a B.S. from the Illinois Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Harvard University Graduate School of Business.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Fair, Hallenbeck and Loarie. The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the selection of independent auditors, reviews the results and scope of the audit and other services provided by the Company's independent certified public accountants and reviews the Company's annual financial statements.

The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Dixon, Fair and Hallenbeck. The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning salaries and incentive compensation for officers and employees of the Company and reviews the performance of the Chief Executive Officer.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The Company's directors do not receive any compensation for serving on the Board of Directors; however, directors are reimbursed for reasonable out-of- pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending Board of Directors or committee meetings.

47

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors currently consists of Messrs. Dixon, Fair and Hallenbeck. Mr. Fair previously served as the Company's President and currently serves as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. Mr. Hallenbeck previously served as the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and currently serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. Mr. Dixon was not at any time during fiscal 1997, nor at any other time, an officer or employee of the Company. No member of the Compensation Committee or executive officer of the Company has a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers or directors of another entity.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SUMMARY COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth the compensation paid by the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the Company's five other most highly compensated executive officers whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for services rendered to the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers"):

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                          LONG-TERM
                                                         COMPENSATION
                                                            AWARDS
                                                         ------------
                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION       SECURITIES
                             ---------------------------  UNDERLYING     ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION  YEAR SALARY ($)   BONUS ($) OPTIONS (#)  COMPENSATION(1)
---------------------------  ---- ----------   --------- ------------ ---------------
J. Richard Abramson.....     1997  $306,000    $112,094    427,500        $9,600
 President, Chief
 Executive Officer and
 Director
Jeffrey J. Finn.........     1997   235,026(2)   54,297    240,750         9,600
 Senior Vice President
 and General Manager of
 Product Development and
 Distribution
Marilu C. Crosby........     1997   102,000      18,682     50,000         4,500
 Vice President of Human
 Resources
David J. Molny..........     1997   160,500       4,136     59,500         9,450
 Vice President, Chief
 Technical Officer and
 Director
Anita T. Moseley........     1997   112,882      11,610     59,929         6,656
 Vice President of Legal
 Services, General
 Counsel and Secretary
Steven F. Langion(3)....     1997    81,169      25,685     23,867         4,017
 Former Vice President
 of Development


(1) Represents contributions made by the Company on behalf of the individuals which are currently managed under the Company's 401(k) Plan.
(2) Includes commission in the amount of $47,768 earned in fiscal 1997.
(3) Mr. Langion's employment with the Company was terminated on May 19, 1997.

48

STOCK OPTIONS

The following table sets forth each grant of stock options made during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 by the Company to each of the Named Executive Officers:

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

                                       INDIVIDUAL GRANTS(1)
                         -------------------------------------------------
                                                                              POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                VALUE AT ASSUMED
                         NUMBER OF     PERCENT OF                             ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                         SECURITIES   TOTAL OPTIONS                          PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                         UNDERLYING    GRANTED TO     EXERCISE                   OPTION TERM(4)
                          OPTIONS       EMPLOYEES     PRICE PER EXPIRATION   -----------------------
          NAME            GRANTED   IN FISCAL YEAR(2) SHARE(3)     DATE          5%          10%
          ----           ---------- ----------------- --------- ----------   ----------- -----------
J. Richard Abramson.....  202,500         18.8%         $ .80    2/18/07     $   101,250 $   257,175
                          225,000          --            9.50    9/22/07       1,343,250   3,406,500
Jeffrey J. Finn.........   25,750         10.6            .80    2/18/07          12,875      32,703
                          215,000          --            9.50    9/22/97       1,283,550   3,255,100
Marilu C. Crosby........   20,000          2.2            .80    2/18/07          10,000      25,400
                           20,000          --             .80    6/17/07          10,000      25,400
                           10,000          --            9.50    9/22/07          59,700     151,400
David J. Molny..........   59,500          2.6           9.50    9/22/07         355,215     900,830
Anita T. Moseley........   22,429          2.6            .80    6/17/07          11,215      28,485
                           37,500          --            9.50    9/22/07         223,875     567,750
Steven F. Langion.......   23,867          1.1            .80    8/19/97(5)       11,934      30,311


(1) Each of the options was granted pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan and is subject to the terms of such plan as described herein.
(2) Based on 2,268,157 options granted to employees in 1997.
(3) The exercise price per share of options granted was equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Company's Board of Directors.
(4) The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option at the date of grant (ten years). It is calculated assuming that the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant appreciates at the indicated annual rate compounded annually for the entire term of the option and that the option is exercised and sold on the last day of its term for the appreciated stock price.
(5) This option expired three months after the termination of Mr. Langion's employment with the Company.

49

The following table sets forth information with respect to (i) the exercise of stock options by the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, (ii) the number of securities underlying unexercised options held by the Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 1997 and (iii) the value of unexercised in-the-money options (i.e., options for which the fair market value of the Common Stock ($9.50 at December 31, 1997) exceeds the exercise price) as of December 31, 1997:

OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

                                             NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                            UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                          SHARES            OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-    IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                         ACQUIRED                   END (#)            FISCAL YEAR-END (#) (1)
                            ON     VALUE   -------------------------- -------------------------
          NAME           EXERCISE REALIZED EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
          ----           -------- -------- -----------  ------------- ----------- -------------
J. Richard Abramson.....     --     --       83,125        441,875     $723,188    $1,886,813
Jeffrey J. Finn.........     --     --       31,187        283,813      271,327       598,673
Marilu C. Crosby........     --     --        5,000         45,000       43,500       304,500
David J. Molny..........     --     --          --          62,500          --         26,100
Anita T. Moseley........     --     --        1,297         61,203       11,284       206,216
Steven F. Langion.......  11,698    --          -- (2)         -- (2)       --            --


(1) Based on the estimated fair market value of the Common Stock as of December 31, 1997, $9.50 per share (as determined by the Board of Directors), minus the per share exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the option.
(2) On August 19, 1997, Mr. Langion exercised the portions of his stock options that had vested through the date of termination of his employment with the Company. The remaining portions of the options expired upon such termination.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company's Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on January 19, 1996 and most recently amended on December 16, 1997. There are currently 3,150,000 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Option Plan. At December 31, 1997, the Company had granted options to purchase an aggregate of approximately 3,091,429 shares of Common Stock, of which options to purchase approximately 84,489 shares had been exercised, options to purchase approximately 1,131,412 shares had been canceled (due to expiration or otherwise) and options to purchase approximately 1,875,528 shares at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $4.91 remained outstanding. Additionally, an aggregate of approximately 1,189,983 shares were available for future grant. The Option Plan will terminate in January 2006 unless terminated sooner by the Board of Directors.

The Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options under the Code to employees and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase awards and stock bonuses to employees, directors and consultants. The Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors which determines recipients and types of awards to be granted, including the exercise price, number of shares subject to the award and the exercisability thereof.

The terms of stock options granted under the Option Plan generally may not exceed ten years. The exercise price of options granted under the Option Plan is determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the exercise price of an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the option grant. Options granted under the Option Plan vest at the rate specified in the option agreement. No stock option may be transferred by the

50

optionee other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution or, in certain limited instances, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, provided that an optionee whose relationship with the Company or any related corporation ceases for any reason (other than by death or permanent and total disability) may exercise options in the three-month period following such cessation (unless such options terminate or expire sooner by their terms) or in such longer period as may be determined by the Board of Directors. Options may be exercised for up to 12 months and 18 months after an optionee's relationship with the Company and related corporations ceases due to death or disability, respectively.

No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns (or is deemed to own) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, unless the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and the term of the option does not exceed five years from the date of grant. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year (under all such plans of the Company and its affiliates) may not exceed $100,000. Options may be immediately exercisable, at the discretion of the Company, whether vested or not, subject to repurchase by the Company of any unvested shares.

Shares subject to stock awards that have expired or otherwise terminated without having been exercised in full become available again for the grant of awards under the Option Plan. Shares with respect to which stock appreciation rights have been exercised are not available for the grant of new awards or stock options.

The Board of Directors has the authority to reprice outstanding options and stock appreciation rights and to offer optionees and holders of stock appreciation rights the opportunity to replace outstanding options and stock appreciation rights with new options or stock appreciation rights for the same or a different number of shares.

Restricted stock purchase awards granted under the Option Plan may be granted pursuant to a repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule and at a price determined by the Board of Directors. Restricted stock purchases must be at a price equal to at least 85% of the stock's fair market value on the award date, but stock bonuses may be awarded in consideration of past services without a purchase payment. Rights under a stock bonus or restricted stock bonus agreement may not be transferred other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or a qualified domestic relations order while the stock awarded pursuant to such an agreement remains subject to the agreement. Stock appreciation rights granted under the Option Plan may be tandem rights, concurrent rights or independent rights.

Upon certain changes in control of the Company, each outstanding option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or, if the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for outstanding options, such options shall become fully vested and exercisable for a period of 15 days after notice from the Company, or thereafter terminate.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

On December 16, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan covering an aggregate of 250,000 shares of Common Stock. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Under the Purchase Plan, the Board of Directors may authorize participation by eligible employees, including officers, in periodic offerings following the adoption of the Purchase Plan. The Board of Directors currently plans that the offering period for any offering will be six months.

Employees are eligible to participate in the first offering commencing following the date they are employed by the Company or an affiliate of the Company. Employees who participate in an offering may have up to 15% of their earnings (provided that such amount does not exceed $25,000 in value

51

per calendar year) withheld pursuant to the Purchase Plan and applied at the end of each offering period to the purchase of shares of Common Stock. The price of Common Stock purchased under the Purchase Plan will be equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the commencement date of each offering period or the purchase date. Employees may end their participation in the offering at the end of the offering period, and participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with the Company.

In the event of certain changes of control, the Company and the Board of Directors have discretion to provide that each right to purchase Common Stock will be assumed or an equivalent right substituted by the successor corporation, or the Board of Directors may shorten the offering period and provide for all sums collected by payroll deductions to be applied to purchase stock immediately prior to the change in control. The Purchase Plan will terminate at the direction of the Board of Directors.

401(K) PLAN

The Company maintains a 401(k) profit sharing and retirement plan (the "401(k) Plan"). All employees who have reached 21 years of age and have completed 30 continuous days of employment are eligible to participate in the
401(k) Plan. Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by 15%, up to the annual limit prescribed by statute
($9,500 in 1997), and to contribute the amount of such reduction to the 401(k) Plan. The Company makes nonelective contributions in the amount of 4% of each participant's annual compensation and matches 100% of each participant's eligible contributions up to 2% of each participant's annual compensation. The
401(k) Plan also provides for discretionary contributions and qualified nonelective contributions to the 401(k) Plan by the Company. Employee participants may direct the trustee with respect to the investment of the assets of the 401(k) Plan only if the trustee consents to such direction in writing. Prior to the adoption of the 401(k) Plan, the Company maintained a defined contribution retirement plan, which was available to all employees 21 years of age or older with one year of service to the Company. Effective December 31, 1996, the accrual of benefits under such retirement plan ceased and the retirement plan was merged into the 401(k) Plan.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The Company's Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws") provide that the Company will indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The Company is also empowered under its Bylaws to enter into indemnification agreements, as the Company plans to do, with its directors and executive officers. See "Certain Transactions". The Company's Bylaws also allow the Company to purchase insurance on behalf of any person it is required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition, the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") provides that the Company's directors shall not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty to the Company and its stockholders as a director, except for liability (i) for breach of their duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Certificate further provides that no amendment or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Company for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, the liability of directors will then be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This provision does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

52

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Pursuant to authority granted by the Company's Bylaws, the Company plans to enter into indemnification agreements (the "Indemnification Agreements") with each of its directors and executive officers upon the effectiveness of this offering. Subject to the provisions of the Indemnification Agreements, the Company shall indemnify and advance expenses to such directors and executive officers in connection with their involvement in any event or occurrence which arises in their capacity as, or as a result of, their position with the Company. See "Management--Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors".

During 1997, the Company paid Vail Technologies, Inc. approximately $146,000 for certain consulting services provided in connection with the Company's agreement with Lockheed. George A. Hallenbeck, Chairman of the Board and holder of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock, is the sole owner of Vail Technologies, Inc. Mr. Hallenbeck is currently not providing any consulting services to the Company.

On November 25, 1996, the Company entered into a termination agreement with George A. Hallenbeck in connection with the termination of his services as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to which the Company paid Mr. Hallenbeck a total of $120,000 in six monthly installments commencing January 1, 1997.

In September 1996, in connection with the deferral of interest due on the Subordinated Notes (as defined below), the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 96,962 shares of Non-voting Common Stock (which, upon completion of this offering, will convert into warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock) at an exercise price of $.80 per share to Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, L.P., Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, C.V. and Morgan Stanley Venture Investors, L.P. (the "Morgan Stanley Funds") and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 85,673 shares of Non-voting Common Stock (which, upon completion of this offering, will convert into warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock) at an exercise price of $.80 per share to Information Associates, C.V. and Information Associates, L.P (the "Information Associates Funds"). The warrants expire in May 2003. Robert J. Loarie, a director of the Company, is a General Partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P., the General Partner of the Morgan Stanley Funds. He is also a Vice President of Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc., the Managing General Partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P. Donald R. Dixon, a director of the Company, is President of Trident Capital Management, L.L.C., the Investment General Partner of Information Associates, C.V. and the General Partner of Information Associates, L.P. The shares of Non-voting Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such warrants are entitled to certain registration rights. See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights".

On May 31, 1996, the Company issued senior subordinated promissory notes (the "Subordinated Notes") in the aggregate principal amount of $6,500,000 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 727,998 shares of Non-voting Common Stock (which, upon completion of this offering, will convert into warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock) at an exercise price of $.80 per share (the "Warrants"), which expire in May 2003, to the Morgan Stanley Funds and Information Associates Funds. The Subordinated Notes accrue interest at the rate of 9% and are payable in four annual installments commencing June 1, 2000. The principal amount of the Subordinated Notes, together with interest, are fully due and payable upon the consummation of this offering. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are entitled to certain registration rights. See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights".

On April 4, 1996, the Company entered into a consulting services agreement with Harry B. Fair, pursuant to which the Company paid Mr. Fair a total of $106,000. Mr. Fair is currently not providing any consulting services to the Company.

53

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995, the Company was treated as an S corporation under the Code and made distributions to its stockholders. See "Dividend Policy and S Corporation Status". The Company deferred making distributions at the end of fiscal 1995 to its stockholders. On January 2, 1996, the Company issued promissory notes bearing interest at the rate of 7.25% to the following directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock in the following principal amounts equal to the amount of each stockholder's deferred distribution for the year ended December 31, 1995: John A. Elmgren, Harry B. Fair, George A. Hallenbeck, David J. Molny and Wayne A. Pulick in the amounts of $655,257, $2,293,401, $2,293,401, $65,526 and $655,257, respectively (the "Stockholder Notes"). The Stockholder Notes contain prepayment penalties and are due on January 2, 2006, with interest payable on each December 31. On May 24, 1996, each holder executed an Acknowledgment and Confirmation of Subordination, agreeing to subordinate the repayment of the principal of their Stockholder Notes to the Subordinated Notes. Further, in September 1996, each holder agreed to forgive interest payable on the Stockholder Notes as of September 30, 1996 in exchange for the Company's agreement to amend the Stockholder Notes to contain prepayment penalties.

In January 1995, the Company made a loan to George A. Hallenbeck in the principal amount of $137,400, bearing interest at the rate of 6.5% per annum and payable in monthly installments through December 1995. Such loan was repaid in full.

The Company believes that the terms of the transactions described above were no less favorable to the Company than would have been obtained from an unaffiliated third party. Any future transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, or principal stockholders will be on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and will be approved by a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

54

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of December 31, 1997, and as adjusted to reflect (a) the sale of the Common Stock being offered hereby (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) and
(b) to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Non-voting Common Stock and Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock for (i) each person (or group of affiliated persons) who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii) each of the Company's current stockholders who is expected to sell shares in this offering (the "Selling Stockholders"), (iv) each of the Named Executive Officers and (v) all directors and current executive officers of the Company as a group. Except as otherwise noted, the persons or entities in this table have sole voting and investing power with respect to all the shares of Common Stock owned by them.

                          SHARES BENEFICIALLY                 SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                            OWNED PRIOR TO                        OWNED AFTER
                            OFFERING(1)(2)       NUMBER OF      OFFERING(1)(2)
                          ----------------------- SHARES      -----------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER    NUMBER     PERCENT    OFFERED       NUMBER     PERCENT
------------------------  ------------ -------------------    ------------ ----------
George A. Hallenbeck....     2,625,000    33.9%   383,600(3)     2,241,400    20.7%
c/o Evolving Systems,
Inc.
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, CO 80112

Harry B. Fair...........     2,175,000    28.1    318,377(4)     1,856,623    17.1
c/o Evolving Systems,
Inc.
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, CO 80112

Morgan Stanley Venture
Partners(5).............     1,015,210    12.3        --         1,015,210    9.0
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 4, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA 94025

Trident Capital(6)......       898,173    11.0        --           898,173    8.0
2480 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025

John A. Elmgren(7)......       713,250     9.2    104,210(8)       609,040    5.6
1518 Cottonwood Lane
Littleton, CO 80121

Wayne A. Pulick(9)......       600,375     7.8     87,904(10)      512,471    4.7
147 Alpine Avenue
Golden, CO 80401

J. Richard Abramson(11).        89,218     1.1        --            89,218     *

Marilu C. Crosby(11)....         5,000      *         --             5,000     *

Donald R. Dixon(12).....       898,173    11.0        --           898,173    8.0

Jeffrey J. Finn(11).....        35,827      *         --            35,827     *

Steven F. Langion.......        11,699      *         --            11,699     *

Robert J. Loarie(13)....     1,015,210    12.3        --         1,015,210    9.0

David J. Molny(14)......        83,250     1.1     10,000           73,250     *

Anita T. Moseley(11)....         1,780      *         --             1,780     *

All directors and
 current executive
 officers as a group (13
 persons)(15)...........     6,928,458    78.9    711,977        6,216,481   52.4

Other Selling
 Stockholders:
Timothy J. Drummond(16).        77,625     1.0      5,000           72,625     *

55


* Less than one percent.
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1997 are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person or entity holding such securities but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person or entity. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
(2) Percentage of ownership is based on 7,739,847 shares of Common Stock outstanding before this offering and 10,830,756 shares of Common Stock outstanding after this offering.
(3) Assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, Mr. Hallenbeck will sell 500,000 shares in the offering and will beneficially own 2,125,000 shares, or 19.6%, after the offering.
(4) Assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, Mr. Fair will sell 500,000 shares in the offering and will beneficially own 1,675,000 shares, or 15.5%, after the offering.
(5) Includes 87,750 shares owned by Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, C.V., 352,500 shares owned by Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, L.P. and 91,500 shares owned by Morgan Stanley Venture Investors, L.P. Also includes warrants to purchase an aggregate of 483,460 shares of Common Stock, 79,838 of which are owned by Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, C.V., 320,453 of which are owned by Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, L.P. and 83,169 of which are owned by Morgan Stanley Venture Investors, L.P.
(6) Includes 12,750 shares owned by Information Associates, C.V. and 458,250 shares owned by Information Associates, L.P. Also includes warrants to purchase an aggregate of 427,173 shares of Common Stock, 11,597 of which are owned by Information Associates, C.V. and 415,576 of which are owned by Information Associates, L.P.
(7) Includes 750 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1997.
(8) Assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, Mr. Elmgren will sell 150,000 shares in the offering and will beneficially own 563,250 shares, or 5.2%, after the offering.
(9) Includes 375 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1997.
(10) Assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, Mr. Pulick will sell 150,000 shares in the offering and will beneficially own 450,375 shares, or 4.2%, after the offering.
(11) Consists solely of shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1997.
(12) Consists solely of shares owned by investment funds managed by Trident Capital (see Note 6 above). Mr. Dixon is President of Trident Capital Management, L.L.C., the Investment General Partner of Information Associates, C.V. and the General Partner of Information Associates, L.P.
(13) Consists solely of shares owned by investment funds managed by Morgan Stanley Venture Partners (see Note 5 above). Mr. Loarie is a General Partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P., the General Partner of each of the funds. He is also a Vice President of Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc., the Managing General Partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P. Mr. Loarie disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(14) Includes 750 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1997.
(15) Includes 132,575 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1997. Also includes warrants to purchase an aggregate of 910,633 shares of Common Stock. Also see Notes 12 and 13 above.
(16) Includes 375 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1997.

56

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of the capital stock of the Company and certain provisions of the Company's Certificate and Bylaws is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the Certificate and Bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the Company's Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus is a part.

Effective upon completion of this offering, the Company's authorized capital stock shall consist of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 per share. As of December 31, 1997, there were approximately 60 record holders of the Company's Common Stock.

COMMON STOCK

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors, and as a consequence, minority stockholders will not be able to elect directors on the basis of their votes alone. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See "Dividend Policy". In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of the Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights and no right to convert their Common Stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and all shares of Common Stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors has the authority, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including any dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series. An effect of the existence of unissued and unreserved Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be to enable the Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management which could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of the Company's management. Such additional shares also could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of the Company. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred Stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of Common Stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. No shares of Preferred Stock will be outstanding as of the closing of this offering.

WARRANTS

As of December 31, 1997, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 910,633 shares of Non-voting Common Stock at an exercise price of $.80 per share (the "Common Stock Warrants"). The Common Stock Warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price upon the occurrence of certain events, including a stock dividend, stock split or recapitalization. The Common Stock Warrants terminate on May 31, 2003. The holders of the Common Stock Warrants are entitled to certain registration rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. See "--Registration Rights".

57

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The Company has entered into a registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") with the holders (or their permitted transferees) of approximately 6,740,909 shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Holders"). Additionally, holders of the Company's Common Stock Warrants are entitled to registration rights upon the exercise of such Common Stock Warrants. See "--Warrants". If the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act, the Holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include, at the Company's expense, their shares therein. In addition, the Holders may require the Company at its expense on not more than two occasions to use its best efforts to effect the registration, subject to certain conditions and limitations. Further, subject to certain limitations, the Holders may require the Company at its expense to register their shares on Form S-3 when such form becomes available.

DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law"), an anti-takeover law. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of Section 203, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or at any time during the prior three years has owned) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.

The Company's Certificate and Bylaws also require that, effective upon the closing of this offering, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in writing. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or by holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of voting stock of the Company. The Company's Certificate also provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors. Individual directors may only be removed from the Board of Directors without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of voting stock. In addition, the Company's Certificate provides for the classification of the Board of Directors into three classes, only one of which shall be elected at any given annual meeting. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the Company or depressing the market price of Common Stock or discouraging hostile takeover bids in which stockholders of the Company could receive a premium for their shares of Common Stock.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company has been appointed as the transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock.

58

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the Company in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, the Company will have outstanding an aggregate 10,831,318 shares of Common Stock (11,025,409 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment is exercised in full). Of these shares, the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares are purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Affiliates"). The remaining 6,831,318 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (the "Restricted Shares"). Restricted Shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

DAYS AFTER DATE OF THIS   SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR
       PROSPECTUS             FUTURE SALE                       COMMENT
-----------------------   -------------------                   -------
Upon effectiveness......       4,000,000      Freely tradable, shares sold in offering.
Upon effectiveness......               0      Rule 144(k) (shares not subject to 180-day
                                              lock-up).
90 days.................          24,028      Rule 144 and Rule 701 (outstanding shares
                                              not subject to 180-day lock-up).
180 days................       6,807,290      Lock-up released. Outstanding shares
                                              salable under Rule 144, Rule 144(k) and
                                              Rule 701.

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 6,740,909 shares of Common Stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Additionally, holders of the Company's outstanding warrants to purchase 910,633 shares of Common Stock are entitled to registration rights upon the exercise of such warrants. Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act (except for shares purchased by Affiliates) immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

The Company's officers, directors and certain stockholders and optionees have agreed that they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of approximately 6,807,290 shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock during the 180-day period commencing on the date of this Prospectus (the "Lock-up Agreements"). Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters, may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release any or all holders of securities of the Company subject to Lock-up Agreements from any or all of their obligations under their respective Lock-up Agreements.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, an Affiliate of the Company, or person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least one year will be entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed greater of (i) one percent of the then outstanding

59

shares of the Company's Common Stock or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Company's Common Stock in the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about the Company. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale and who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above.

An employee, officer or director of or consultant to the Company who purchased or was awarded shares or options to purchase shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which permits Affiliates and non-Affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with Rule 144's holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90 days after the date of this Prospectus. In addition, non-Affiliates may sell Rule 701 shares without complying with the public information, volume and notice provisions of Rule 144.

The Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's Option Plan and Purchase Plan. Based on the number of options outstanding and options and shares reserved for issuance at December 31, 1997, such registration statement would cover approximately 3,315,511 shares. Such registration statement is expected to be filed as soon as practicable after the date hereof and will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares registered under such registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to Affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with the Company or the Lock-up Agreements described above. See "Management".

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company and certain of the Selling Stockholders by its counsel, Cooley Godward LLP, Boulder, Colorado. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of September 30, 1997 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997, included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, included in this Prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

Effective August 1997, Price Waterhouse LLP was engaged as the Company's independent accountants and replaced Deloitte & Touche LLP who was dismissed as the Company's independent

60

accountants. The decision to change independent accountants was approved by the Company's Board of Directors. The reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP on the Company's financial statements for the two fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. There were no disagreements with Deloitte & Touche LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures during the two years ended December 31, 1996 and through the date of their dismissal. Deloitte & Touche LLP has not audited or reported on any financial statements subsequent to December 31, 1996. Prior to August 1997, the Company had not consulted with Price Waterhouse LLP on items which involved the Company's accounting principles or the form of audit opinion to be issued on the Company's financial statements.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Company has filed with the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and such Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part thereof. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement is qualified by reference to such exhibit as filed. A copy of the Registration Statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's regional offices located at the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048, and copies of all or any part of the Registration Statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. The SEC maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC's World Wide Web site is http://www.sec.gov.

61

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Report of Price Waterhouse LLP............................................. F-2
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP............................................ F-3
Balance Sheets............................................................. F-4
Statements of Operations................................................... F-5
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity.............................. F-6
Statements of Cash Flows................................................... F-7
Notes to Financial Statements.............................................. F-8

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Evolving Systems, Inc.

The stock split described in Note 7 has not been consummated as of January 8, 1998. When it has been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

"In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, of changes in stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Evolving Systems, Inc. at September 30, 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine-month period then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above."

Price Waterhouse LLP

Boulder, Colorado
January 8, 1998

F-2

The accompanying financial statements reflect a one-for-two reverse split of Non-voting Common Stock and Voting Common Stock, which is to be effected prior to the effective date of a proposed initial public offering. The following opinion is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon consummation of the above event, which is described in Note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements, and assuming that, from March 4, 1997 to the date of such event, no other event shall have occurred that would affect the accompanying financial statements and notes thereto as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Evolving Systems, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Evolving Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Evolving Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado
March 4, 1997, except for Note 7,
as to which the date is ___________

F-3

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                      EQUITY
                          DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
                              1995         1996          1997          1997
                          ------------ ------------  ------------- -------------
                                                                     (NOTE 1)
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
         ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash
  equivalents............ $ 1,269,280  $ 3,184,116    $ 3,134,055
 Certificates of
  deposit................     208,041      155,181        129,493
 Contract receivables,
  net of allowance of
  $0, $298,000 and
  $476,000 at December
  31, 1995 and 1996 and
  September 30, 1997,
  respectively...........   6,372,796    9,562,506     12,530,480
 Unbilled work in-
  progress...............   1,537,883      767,856        792,855
 Deferred tax assets.....         --       160,733      1,253,478
 Prepaid and other
  current assets.........     442,290      375,447        811,981
                          -----------  -----------    -----------
   Total current assets..   9,830,290   14,205,839     18,652,342
 Property and equipment,
  net....................   9,372,856    9,840,518      9,550,910
 Other assets, net of
  amortization of
  $28,141 and $0 at
  December 31, 1996 and
  September 30, 1997
  respectively...........         --       309,549        225,127
                          -----------  -----------    -----------
                          $19,203,146  $24,355,906    $28,428,379
                          ===========  ===========    ===========
     LIABILITIES AND
   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of
  long-term obligations.. $ 2,685,432  $ 2,794,359    $ 2,548,003
 Accounts payable........   1,687,577    2,168,668      2,666,437
 Accrued liabilities.....   1,788,265    2,187,139      1,605,352
 Unearned revenue and
  customer deposits......     495,293      665,837      6,239,885
                          -----------  -----------    -----------
   Total current
    liabilities..........   6,656,567    7,816,003     13,059,677
Long-term obligations,
 including related
 parties.................   3,373,148   15,302,068     13,938,068
Deferred income taxes....         --       242,082        386,871
Commitments and
 contingencies (Note 3)..
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, $.001
  par value; 1,500,000
  shares authorized; no
  shares issued..........         --           --             --    $      --
 Series A preferred
  stock, $.001 par
  value; 8,160 shares
  authorized, issued and
  outstanding at
  December 31, 1996 and
  September 30, 1997
  (liquidation
  preference $6,250 per
  share); none
  outstanding pro forma..         --             8              8          --
 Common stock, $.001 par
  value; 4,930,000
  nonvoting shares
  authorized; 1,535,786
  and 1,611,758 non-
  voting issued and
  outstanding as of
  December 31, 1996 and
  September 30 1997,
  respectively;
  10,070,000 voting
  shares authorized, no
  voting shares issued,
  or outstanding as of
  December 31, 1995,
  1996 and September 30,
  1997, respectively;
  7,731,758 voting
  issued outstanding at
  September 30, 1997 pro
  forma..................         --         1,536          1,612        7,732
 Common stock, $.01 par
  value; 12,500 voting
  shares authorized;
  10,200 shares issued
  and outstanding at
  December 31, 1995......         102          --             --           --
 Additional paid-in
  capital................         --     1,007,632      2,415,877    2,409,765
 Deferred compensation...         --           --      (1,213,844)  (1,213,844)
 Retained earnings
  (accumulated deficit)..   9,173,329      (13,423)      (159,890)    (159,890)
                          -----------  -----------    -----------   ----------
   Total stockholders'
    equity...............   9,173,431      995,753      1,043,763    1,043,763
                          -----------  -----------    -----------   ----------
                          $19,203,146  $24,355,906    $28,428,379
                          ===========  ===========    ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                          -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                             1994         1995         1996         1996         1997
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......  $       --   $       --   $   882,500  $   835,000  $14,482,578
 Other services.........   33,032,151   45,354,661   36,035,564   26,587,320   15,551,859
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total revenue........   33,032,151   45,354,661   36,918,064   27,422,320   30,034,437
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Cost of revenue:
 License fees and
  related services......          --           --       450,000      450,000    5,068,835
 Other services.........   18,180,886   26,588,928   24,081,340   18,342,807   14,033,067
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total cost of
    revenue.............   18,180,886   26,588,928   24,531,340   18,792,807   19,101,902
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Gross margin...........   14,851,265   18,765,733   12,386,724    8,629,513   10,932,535
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....    1,898,152    3,404,638    2,912,720    1,919,616    3,435,997
 General and
  administrative........    4,321,185    7,725,268    8,587,126    6,350,906    6,345,287
 Research and
  development...........      481,753      820,949      641,114      633,885    1,166,270
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total operating
    expenses............    6,701,090   11,950,855   12,140,960    8,904,407   10,947,554
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............    8,150,175    6,814,878      245,764     (274,894)     (15,019)
Other income (expense):
 Interest income........       54,378       73,477       77,778       56,352      166,417
 Interest expense,
  including related
  party interest of
  $669,440, $523,189,
  $747,087 for the year
  ended December 31,
  1996 and the nine-
  months ended
  September 30, 1996
  (unaudited) and 1997..     (190,235)    (762,344)  (1,499,534)  (1,185,145)  (1,245,821)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total................     (135,857)    (688,867)  (1,421,756)  (1,128,793)  (1,079,404)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........    8,014,318    6,126,011   (1,175,992)  (1,403,687)  (1,094,423)
Provision for (benefit
 from) income taxes.....          --           --        81,349       (8,438)    (947,956)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss).......  $ 8,014,318  $ 6,126,011  $(1,257,341) $(1,395,249) $  (146,467)
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
Pro forma (unaudited)
 (Note 5):
 Income (loss) before
  income taxes..........  $ 8,014,318  $ 6,126,011  $(1,175,992) $(1,403,687)
 Provision for (benefit
  from) income taxes....    3,007,084    2,300,578     (297,886)    (355,563)
                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Net income (loss)....  $ 5,007,234  $ 3,825,433  $  (878,106) $(1,048,124)
                          ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
Pro forma net loss per
 common and common
 equivalent share
 (unaudited) (Note 1)...                            $      (.16)              $      (.02)
                                                    ===========               ===========
Pro forma weighted
 average common shares
 outstanding (unaudited)
 (Note 1)...............                              7,746,819                 7,934,337
                                                    ===========               ===========
Supplemental pro forma
 net income (loss) per
 common and common
 equivalent share
 (unaudited) (Note 1)...                            $      (.07)              $       .04
                                                    ===========               ===========
Supplemental pro forma
 weighted average number
 of common and common
 equivalent shares
 outstanding (unaudited)
 (Note 1)...............                              8,859,092                 9,381,356
                                                    ===========               ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                           $.001 PAR
                      SERIES A       $.01 PAR VOTING       NON-VOTING
                   PREFERRED STOCK     COMMON STOCK       COMMON STOCK   ADDITIONAL                 RETAINED        TOTAL
                   ----------------  -----------------  ----------------  PAID-IN      DEFERRED     EARNINGS    STOCKHOLDERS'
                   SHARES   AMOUNT    SHARES   AMOUNT    SHARES   AMOUNT  CAPITAL    COMPENSATION   (DEFICIT)      EQUITY
                   -------  -------  --------  -------  --------- ------ ----------  ------------  -----------  -------------
Balance,
December 31,
1993.............      --   $   --     10,200  $  102         --  $  --  $      --   $       --    $ 3,863,071   $ 3,863,173
Distributions to
stockholders.....                                                                                   (3,018,261)   (3,018,261)
Net income.......                                                                                    8,014,318     8,014,318
                   -------  -------  --------  ------   --------- ------ ----------  -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance,
December 31,
1994.............      --       --     10,200     102                                                8,859,128     8,859,230
Distributions to
stockholders.....                                                                                   (5,811,810)   (5,811,810)
Net income.......                                                                                    6,126,011     6,126,011
                   -------  -------  --------  ------   --------- ------ ----------  -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance,
December 31,
1995.............      --       --     10,200     102                                                9,173,329     9,173,431
Distributions to
stockholders.....                                                                                   (7,257,623)   (7,257,623)
Reclassification
of undistributed
earnings upon
conversion from
non-taxable to
taxable status...                                                           670,862                   (670,862)
Recapitalization.    8,160        8   (10,200)   (102)  1,530,000  1,530       (510)                      (926)
Other............                                           5,786      6     10,693                                   10,699
Forgiveness of
shareholder
interest.........                                                           326,587                                  326,587
Net loss.........                                                                                   (1,257,341)   (1,257,341)
                   -------  -------  --------  ------   --------- ------ ----------  -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance,
December 31,
1996.............    8,160        8       --      --    1,535,786  1,536  1,007,632                    (13,423)      995,753
Stock option
exercises........                                          75,972     76     60,711                                   60,787
Deferred
compensation
related to stock
options..........                                                         1,347,534   (1,347,534)
Amortization of
deferred
compensation.....                                                                        133,690                     133,690
Net loss.........                                                                                     (146,467)     (146,467)
                   -------  -------  --------  ------   --------- ------ ----------  -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance,
September 30,
1997.............    8,160  $     8       --   $  --    1,611,758 $1,612 $2,415,877  $(1,213,844)  $  (159,890)  $ 1,043,763
                   =======  =======  ========  ======   ========= ====== ==========  ===========   ===========   ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                         -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                            1994         1995         1996         1996         1997
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)......  $ 8,014,318  $ 6,126,011  $(1,257,341) $(1,395,249) $  (146,467)
Adjustments to
 reconcile net income
 (loss) to net cash
 provided by operating
 activities:
 Provision for
  uncollectible
  contract
  receivables..........          --           --       577,000      284,361      412,500
 Amortization of
  deferred
  compensation.........          --           --           --           --       133,690
 Depreciation and
  amortization.........    1,056,966    2,447,762    3,527,436    2,588,155    2,886,289
 (Gain) loss on
  disposal of property
  and equipment........         (692)      27,810      121,166       11,168      161,504
 Non-cash interest
  expense..............          --           --       668,222      523,189          --
 Provision for
  deferred income
  taxes................          --           --        81,349       (8,438)    (947,956)
Change in operating
 assets and
 liabilities:
 Contract receivables..     (813,853)  (3,189,157)  (3,832,181)  (1,470,396)  (3,380,474)
 Unbilled work-in-
  progress.............     (411,822)  (1,046,855)     770,027   (1,013,175)     (24,999)
 Prepaid and other
  assets...............     (232,172)     (81,951)    (235,609)    (365,653)    (352,112)
 Accounts payable......      667,500     (366,953)     481,091      797,758      497,769
 Accrued liabilities...      904,124      183,699      398,874     (284,584)    (581,787)
 Unearned revenue and
  customer deposits....    1,324,439   (2,277,379)     170,544     (162,956)   5,574,048
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Net cash provided by
    (used in) operating
    activities.........   10,508,808    1,822,987    1,470,578     (495,820)   4,232,005
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property
 and equipment.........   (4,618,589)  (2,026,253)  (3,106,525)  (2,857,117)  (2,148,487)
Proceeds from sale of
 property and
 equipment.............        4,644       12,453      936,858        7,389       43,146
Change in certificates
 of deposit............       (3,062)      (2,976)      52,860       52,860       25,688
Change in stockholder
 notes receivable......     (132,982)      79,026          --           --           --
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Net cash used in
    investing
    activities.........   (4,749,989)  (1,937,750)  (2,116,807)  (2,796,868)  (2,079,653)
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from long-term
 obligations...........    2,304,713    1,071,624   10,811,904   10,811,904          --
Repayments of long-term
 obligations...........     (822,998)  (2,062,052)  (7,686,322)  (3,610,390)  (2,263,200)
Distributions to
 stockholders..........   (3,018,261)  (5,811,810)    (573,998)    (573,998)         --
Proceeds from exercise
 of options............          --           --         4,671        4,671       60,787
Warrants issued........          --           --         4,853        4,853          --
Repurchase of common
 stock.................          --           --           (43)         (43)         --
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
   Net cash provided by
    (used in) financing
    activities.........   (1,536,546)  (6,802,238)   2,561,065    6,636,997   (2,202,413)
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents...........    4,222,273   (6,917,001)   1,914,836    3,344,309      (50,061)
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period...    3,964,008    8,186,281    1,269,280    1,269,280    3,184,116
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period................  $ 8,186,281  $ 1,269,280  $ 3,184,116  $ 4,613,589  $ 3,134,055
                         ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE
 OF OTHER CASH AND NON-
 CASH INVESTING AND
 FINANCING TRANSACTIONS
 Interest paid.........  $   190,235  $   762,342  $   805,707  $   661,954  $   812,231
 Income taxes paid.....                            $    65,471  $    65,471  $   289,867
 Assets acquired under
  capital lease........  $ 1,194,581  $ 4,439,482  $ 1,946,597  $ 1,809,507  $   652,845
 Distribution to
  stockholders in form
  of notes payable.....                            $ 6,683,625  $ 6,683,625
 Constructive dividend
  to stockholders and
  related contribution
  to capital...........                            $   670,862  $   670,862
 Accrued interest
  payable converted
  into note payable....                            $   341,635  $   341,635
 Accrued interest
  payable contributed
  to equity............                            $   326,587  $   326,587
 Collection of
  stockholder note
  receivable through
  reduction of
  stockholder note
  payable..............                            $    58,374  $    58,374
 Warrants issued as
  consideration for
  accrued interest
  payable converted to
  stockholder notes
  payable..............                            $     1,218  $     1,218

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION

Evolving Systems, Inc. ("Evolving Systems" or the "Company") provides Operational Support Systems ("OSS") software solutions to telecommunications companies. The Company's software products and professional services are designed to address the increasingly complex operational support system requirements of telecommunications companies in areas such as customer care, service provisioning, network management and billing. Evolving Systems combines pre-sales consulting with standard product software and post-sales systems integration to create solutions to its customers' specific requirements. This provides customers with a tailored solution, together with the time-to-market advantages of software products.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates have been made by management with respect to the collectibility of accounts receivable and the estimates to complete long-term contracts. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Position 91-1, "Software Revenue Recognition". The Company derives revenue from license fees and services under the terms of both fixed price and time and materials contracts. License fees and related services revenue during 1996 consisted of fees from non-LNP software products. Subsequent to 1996, license fees and related services revenue consists of revenue from contracts involving the Company's LNP software products and related services. Other services revenue consists of custom programming, systems integration of third-party products, maintenance and training.

License fees and related services revenue is generated from fixed-price contracts that provide for both licenses and services and is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion for each contract is determined based on the ratio of direct labor hours incurred to total estimated direct labor hours. Amounts billed in advance of services being performed are recorded as unearned revenue. Unbilled work in progress represents revenue earned but not yet billable under the terms of the fixed price contracts and all such amounts are expected to be billed and collected during the succeeding 12 months.

Services revenue provided under fixed price contracts is generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting described above. Revenue from other services provided pursuant to time-and-materials contracts is recognized as the services are performed.

Maintenance revenue is recorded as deferred revenue and is recognized ratably over the service period, which is generally 12 months. Revenue from training services is recognized as the training services are performed. When maintenance or training services are bundled with the original license fee arrangement, their fair value is deferred and recognized during the period such services are provided.

F-8

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

The Company may encounter cost overruns on fixed-price contracts caused by increased material, labor, or overhead costs. Adjustments to cost estimates are made in the periods in which the facts requiring such revisions become known. Estimated losses, if any, are recorded in the period in which current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss. The Company does not anticipate a change in the timing of revenue recognition upon adoption of Statement of Position 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition".

SOFTWARE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Expenditures for software research and development are expensed as incurred. Such costs are required to be expensed until the point that technological feasibility of the product is established after which time such costs are capitalized until general availability of the product. The period between achieving technological feasibility and the general availability of such software has historically been short. Consequently, costs otherwise capitalizable after technological feasibility is achieved are expensed because they are insignificant.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

All highly liquid investments and investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. All cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company has cash investment policies that limit investments to repurchase agreements and certificates of deposit. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its customers' financial condition and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers. During the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997, the Company recognized approximately 70%, 78%, 73%, and 89% of total revenue from two, two, five, and six customers, respectively all in the telecommunications industry. As of December 31, 1995, 1996, and September 30, 1997, these customers accounted for 65%, 75%, and 87% of contract receivables, respectively.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

For certain of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit, contract receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses, management believes that the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Additionally, based upon the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt agreements with similar terms and average maturities, management believes the carrying amount of the notes payable to the bank approximates fair market value. For the notes payable to stockholders and the senior subordinated promissory notes, the Company estimated the fair value below using rates offered for similar instruments with similar maturities.

                                         DECEMBER 31, 1996 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                         ----------------- ------------------
Carrying amount.........................    $11,962,058       $11,934,493
Estimated fair value....................    $11,424,840       $11,438,517

F-9

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, generally four to seven years or the lease term if shorter, using the straight-line method.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" was issued in October 1995. This accounting standard permits the use of either a fair value based method or the method defined in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25") to account for stock-based compensation arrangements. Companies that elect to use the method provided in APB No. 25 are required to disclose the pro forma net income and earnings per share that would have resulted from the use of the fair value based method. The Company has elected to continue to determine the value of stock-based compensation arrangements under the provisions of APB No. 25, and accordingly, it has included the pro forma disclosures required under SFAS No. 123 in Note 4.

INCOME TAXES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the accompanying balance sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if based on the weight of available evidence it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized.

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Pro Forma Net Loss per Common Share

The Company's historical capital structure is not indicative of its prospective structure due to the automatic conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock concurrent with the closing of the Company's anticipated initial public offering. Accordingly, historical net income (loss) per common share is not considered meaningful and has not been presented herein.

Pro forma net income (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and gives effect to certain adjustments described below. Common equivalent shares are not included in the per share calculation where the effect of their inclusion would be antidilutive, except that, in conformity with Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requirements, common and common equivalent shares issued during the twelve-month period prior to the filing of the registration statement related to the Company's proposed initial public offering have been included in the calculation as if they were outstanding for all periods, using the treasury stock method and the assumed initial public offering price. Additionally, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock are assumed to have been converted to common stock at the time of their issuance.

Supplemental Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Supplemental pro forma net income (loss) per common share is based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents used in the calculation of pro forma net loss per common share plus the number of shares that would be required to be sold, on a net proceeds basis, to repay borrowings outstanding and related accrued interest on the Company's notes

F-10

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

payable ($12,420,250) as contemplated in connection with the Company's initial public offering ("IPO"). For purposes of this calculation, net loss has been adjusted by approximately $493,000 and $603,000, for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1996, respectively, to reflect elimination of interest expense on such notes payable, net of taxes.

SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share"

The FASB issued SFAS No. 128 in February of 1997. The Company will be required to apply this statement in its financial statements for fiscal 1998. This pronouncement establishes new standards for computing and presenting earnings per share ("EPS") on a basis that is more comparable to international standards and provides for the presentation of basic and diluted EPS, replacing the currently required primary and fully-diluted EPS. Basic EPS will be computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS will be computed in a manner similar to the current method for calculating fully-diluted EPS. Prior period EPS will be restated to conform with the new statement. Because the Company was in a net loss position for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, there was no difference between the SFAS No. 128 EPS as compared to the pro forma and supplemental pro forma EPS reflected in the Statements of Operations.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

The Board of Directors has authorized management of the Company to file a registration statement with the SEC permitting the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. If the
Company's IPO is consummated under the terms presently anticipated, all of the convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 6,120,000 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity as of September 30, 1997, as set forth on the accompanying balance sheets, is adjusted for the anticipated conversion of such preferred stock based on an assumed public offering price.

UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying interim financial statements for the nine-months ended September 30, 1996 are unaudited. In the opinion of the Company, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the results of the Company's operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 1996.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain amounts in the 1994, 1995 and 1996 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.

F-11

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

2. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Certain balance sheet components are as follows:

                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                     ------------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        1995         1996          1997
                                     -----------  -----------  -------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
  Computer equipment and purchased
   software......................... $11,696,945  $13,650,128  $ 16,095,661
  Furniture, fixtures and leasehold
   improvements.....................   2,098,049    3,825,438     3,767,321
                                     -----------  -----------  ------------
                                      13,794,994   17,475,566    19,862,982
  Less accumulated depreciation.....  (4,422,138)  (7,635,048)  (10,312,072)
                                     -----------  -----------  ------------
                                     $ 9,372,856  $ 9,840,518  $  9,550,910
                                     ===========  ===========  ============

Included in property and equipment at December 31, 1995, 1996 and September 30, 1997 are assets under capital lease of $7,852,510, $9,799,108 and $9,636,919, respectively. Related accumulated depreciation is $1,043,159, $3,979,232 and $5,674,461, as of December 31, 1995, 1996 and September 30, 1997, respectively.

ACCRUED LIABILITIES:
  Accrued compensation and related
   expenses................................ $  439,894 $  581,427 $  747,264
  Benefit plan contributions payable (Note
   6)......................................  1,348,371  1,020,712    198,655
  Sublessee deposits.......................        --     585,000    173,677
  Other....................................        --         --     485,756
                                            ---------- ---------- ----------
                                            $1,788,265 $2,187,139 $1,605,352
                                            ========== ========== ==========

3. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, INCLUDING RELATED PARTY OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

Long-term obligations, including capitalized lease obligations, consist of the following:

                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                    ------------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                       1995         1996          1997
                                    -----------  -----------  -------------
Notes payable to a bank under term
 debt facility..................... $   708,333  $   916,667   $   666,666
Note payable to bank, variable
 interest at the financial
 institution's prime rate plus 1.5%
 (10% at December 31, 1996)........     153,630       64,643           --
Notes payable to stockholders......         --     5,120,423     5,092,859
Senior subordinated promissory
 notes payable to stockholders.....         --     6,841,635     6,841,635
Capital lease obligations..........   5,196,617    5,153,059     3,884,911
                                    -----------  -----------   -----------
  Total............................   6,058,580   18,096,427    16,486,071
Less current portion...............  (2,685,432)  (2,794,359)   (2,548,003)
                                    -----------  -----------   -----------
Long-term portion.................. $ 3,373,148  $15,302,068   $13,938,068
                                    ===========  ===========   ===========

F-12

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

Line of Credit and Notes Payable to Bank

Under a borrowing arrangement with a bank, the Company has a revolving line of credit with $7,000,000 of maximum available credit at September 30, 1997 (limited to 80% of the balance of certain qualifying assets) which bears interest at prime plus .75%, unless the Company has been profitable for two quarters, at which time the interest rate will be prime plus .25%. The arrangement is collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. There were no borrowings outstanding under the line of credit at December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997. Letters of credit under the agreement totaling $746,323 and $664,216 were outstanding at December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997, respectively. In December 1997, the maximum available credit under the line of credit increased to $10,000,000.

The Company also has a term debt facility under the borrowing arrangement. Under the term debt facility, which expires September 16, 1998, the Company can draw up to a maximum of $1,500,000, subject to certain terms and conditions. Each borrowing under the term debt facility is repayable in 36 monthly installments. The term debt facility bears interest at a rate equal to prime plus 1.25%, unless the Company has been profitable for two quarters, at which time the interest rate will be prime plus .75%. The term debt facility is collateralized by accounts receivable and property and equipment.

Under the borrowing arrangement, the Company is limited in its ability to pay dividends, make investments, incur other indebtedness, or enter into a business merger. Additionally, the Company must maintain certain financial covenants, in addition to other restrictive covenants, with which it is in compliance as of September 30, 1997.

Notes Payable to Stockholders

On January 2, 1996, the Company distributed substantially all previously undistributed earnings on which stockholders had been taxed in the form of stockholder notes payable (the Notes), aggregating $6,683,625. These Notes are unsecured and are due January 2, 2006, with interest payable annually on December 31 at 7.25% per annum, and contain prepayment penalties. The payment of principal under the Notes is subordinated to all financial institution debt arising from agreements currently in existence, as amended, and all other indebtedness of the Company to third party commercial lenders and banks. Interest payable as of September 30, 1996, in the amount of $326,587, was forgiven by the Note holders and has been accounted for as a capital contribution.

Senior Subordinated Promissory Notes Payable to Stockholders

In May 1996, the Company issued Senior Subordinated Promissory Notes to certain stockholders (the Promissory Notes) for a total of $6,500,000. The Promissory Notes are unsecured, and the principal is due in four equal annual payments beginning on June 1, 2000. Interest is payable semiannually on December 1 and June 1 at 9% per annum. The payment of principal under the Promissory Notes is subordinated to all financial institution debt arising from agreements currently in existence, as amended, and all other indebtedness of the Company to third party commercial lenders and banks, except the Notes Payable to Stockholders. The Promissory Notes limit the Company's ability to incur other indebtedness, pay dividends, make investments or sell its assets. In connection with the issuance of the Promissory Notes, warrants to purchase 727,998 of the Company's Non-Voting Common stock at $.80 per share were issued to the Promissory Noteholders. The warrants expire May 31, 2003.

F-13

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

In September 1996, the Company and the Promissory Note holders entered into an agreement to defer all interest incurred to date and to be incurred through November 30, 1996, aggregating $341,635, by adding such amount to the principal of the Promissory Notes. The deferred interest is payable on or before December 1, 1998 and accrues interest at 12% per annum. In connection with the deferral of interest, the Company issued to the Promissory Note holders additional warrants to purchase 182,635 shares of the Company's Non- Voting Common stock at $.80 per share which expire May 31, 2003.

Costs associated with the origination of the Promissory Note aggregating $337,690 ($273,368 remaining at September 30, 1997), included within other assets, are being amortized over the life of the Promissory Notes.

Scheduled maturities of debt obligations for the periods ending December 31 are as follows:

                            NOTES    SHAREHOLDER NOTES CAPITAL LEASE
                           PAYABLE        PAYABLE       OBLIGATIONS     TOTAL
                          ---------  ----------------- ------------- -----------
1997....................  $  83,333     $       --      $   788,757  $   872,090
1998....................    333,333             --        2,019,170    2,352,503
1999....................    250,000             --          842,065    1,092,065
2000....................        --        3,420,817         492,525    3,913,342
2001....................        --        3,420,818         115,818    3,536,636
Thereafter..............        --        5,092,859             --     5,092,859
                          ---------     -----------     -----------  -----------
                            666,666      11,934,494       4,258,335   16,859,495
Less amounts
 representing interest..        --              --         (373,424)    (373,424)
                          ---------     -----------     -----------  -----------
                            666,666      11,934,494       3,884,911   16,486,071
Less current maturities.   (333,333)            --       (2,214,670)  (2,548,003)
                          ---------     -----------     -----------  -----------
                          $ 333,333     $11,934,494     $ 1,670,241  $13,938,068
                          =========     ===========     ===========  ===========

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases its office and operating facilities and various equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Rent expense was $1,315,704, $2,789,032, $4,156,863, and $2,748,306 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the nine-months ended September 30, 1997, respectively. Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the nine-months ended September 30, 1997 is net of $341,862 and $994,960, respectively in sublease rental income. As of December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997 certificates of deposit totalling $155,181 and $129,493, respectively, are pledged as collateral on an office space lease.

During 1996, the Company entered into a lease obligation on a new corporate campus of approximately 120,281 square feet located in Englewood, Colorado. The Company has subleased a portion of this campus. In connection with its obligations under certain of its office facility leases, the Company has letters of credit totaling $746,323 and $664,216 outstanding at December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997, respectively.

F-14

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

Future minimum non-cancelable commitments under these leases as of September 30, 1997, are as follows:

1997............................................................. $ 1,028,566
1998.............................................................   3,479,933
1999.............................................................   2,536,276
2000.............................................................   2,272,003
2001.............................................................   1,290,936
Thereafter.......................................................  12,801,782
                                                                  -----------
                                                                   23,409,496
Less: sublease income............................................     228,232
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  $23,181,264
                                                                  ===========

4. RECAPITALIZATION, CAPITAL STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

Recapitalization

Effective January 1996, Evolving Systems, Inc. ("Old ESI") merged into ESI Merger Corporation (the "Merger"), a Delaware corporation, which previously had no operations. Simultaneously, ESI Merger Corporation changed its name to Evolving Systems, Inc. Pursuant to the Merger agreement, each share of the Old ESI common stock outstanding as of January 10, 1996 was converted into .8 shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock and 100 shares of the Company's non-voting common stock. As part of the recapitalization, the Company became a taxable entity and as of that date had $670,862 of earnings which had not been distributed to its shareholders. Consequently, for financial statement purposes, these undistributed earnings have been reclassified to additional paid-in capital under the assumption of a constructive dividend to the shareholders followed by a contribution to the Company's capital (see Note 5).

Series A Preferred Stock

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into 750 shares of non-voting common stock, subject to antidilution provisions, has voting rights on an as-converted to voting common stock basis and has preference in liquidation equal to $6,250 (aggregate liquidation preference as of September 30, 1997 is equal to $51 million). If the Company enters into a transaction whereby it sells substantially all of its assets or agrees to merge into or with another entity, a liquidation is considered to have occurred. Additionally, if the Company completes an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of its common stock in which the price is at least $5 per share and gross proceeds exceed $10,000,000, the Series A preferred shares shall automatically convert into shares of common stock.

Common Stock

Each share of non-voting common stock outstanding shall automatically convert into one share of voting common stock immediately prior to the closing of an IPO.

Stock Options

On January 19, 1996, the Company's board of directors approved a stock option plan. Under the stock option plan, 2,150,000 shares of the Company's non-voting common stock are reserved for issuance, of which 1,323,053 and 291,520 shares are available for grant as of December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997. The Company has also reserved 910,633 shares of non-voting common stock

F-15

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

for the issuance of warrants. Options issued under the stock option plan shall be at the discretion of the Board of Directors, including the provisions of each stock option granted, which need not be identical. Options generally vest over four years and expire no more than ten years from the date of grant. Certain options will automatically vest upon the effectiveness of the IPO. Subsequent to September 30, 1997 the Board of Directors approved the repricing of all options granted with an exercise price of $12.60 to $9.50.

Generally, stock options are granted with an exercise price not less than the fair value of non-voting common stock as determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant, and accordingly no compensation cost was recognized during 1994, 1995 or 1996. During the nine months ended September 30, 1997, the Company recorded $1,347,534 as deferred compensation, representing the excess of the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock as determined by the Board of Directors over the exercise price of options granted. Such deferred compensation cost is being amortized over the vesting period of the options. Of the total amount, $133,690 was recognized as expense during the nine months ended September 30, 1997.

Based on calculations using the minimum value option-pricing model, the weighted average grant date fair value of options and warrants was $0 and $1.66 in 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively. The fair value has been estimated using the minimum value option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants in 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively: no dividend yield for both periods; an expected life of 3 years for both periods; no volatility; and a weighted average risk free interest rate of 6.5% for both periods.

The pro forma impact on the Company's net income (loss) and net income
(loss) per share had compensation cost been recorded at the date of grant based on the minimum value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123 is shown below:

                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                           ------------------
Net income (loss):
  As reported.............................................      (146,467)
  SFAS No. 123 Pro forma..................................      (216,467)
Pro forma net loss per share:
  As reported.............................................          (.02)
  SFAS No. 123 Pro forma..................................          (.03)
Supplemental pro forma net income per share:
  As reported.............................................           .04
  SFAS No. 123 Pro forma..................................           .03

The status of total stock options and warrants outstanding and exercisable under the Plan as of September 30, 1997 follows:

                                                                                      STOCK OPTIONS AND
                                  STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS OUTSTANDING             WARRANTS EXERCISABLE
                         --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
                                                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                      REMAINING        WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
                            RANGE OF      NUMBER     CONTRACTUAL       AVERAGE      NUMBER      AVERAGE
                         EXERCISE PRICES OF SHARES   LIFE (YEARS)   EXERCISE PRICE OF SHARES EXERCISE PRICE
                         --------------- --------- ---------------- -------------- --------- --------------
Options.................     $ 0.80      1,000,469       9.17           $ 0.80      147,499      $ 0.80
                             $12.60        775,011       9.98           $12.60          --       $12.60
                                         ---------       ----           ------      -------      ------
                                         1,775,480       9.52           $ 5.95      147,499      $ 0.80
                                         =========       ====           ======      =======      ======
Warrants................     $ 0.80        910,633       5.73           $ 0.80      910,633      $ 0.80
                                         =========       ====           ======      =======      ======

F-16

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

The following is a summary of stock option activity:

                                                WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED
                             NUMBER OF SHARES   AVERAGE  OPTIONS AND AVERAGE
                            ------------------- EXERCISE  WARRANTS   EXERCISE
                             OPTIONS   WARRANTS  PRICE   EXERCISABLE  PRICE
                            ---------  -------- -------- ----------- --------
Options and warrants
 outstanding, January 1,
 1996.....................        --        --   $ --           --    $
  Options and warrants
   granted................    897,226   910,633   0.80
  Less options forfeited..    (70,279)      --    0.80
  Less options exercised..     (2,015)      --    0.80
                            ---------  --------
Options and warrants
 outstanding, December 31,
 1996.....................    824,932   910,633   0.80    1,016,482    0.80
  Options granted.........  1,307,219       --    7.80
  Less options forfeited..   (280,699)      --    0.80
  Less options exercised..    (75,972)      --    0.80
                            ---------  --------
Options and warrants
 outstanding, September
 30, 1997.................  1,775,480   910,633   4.20    1,058,132    0.80
                            =========  ========

Included in total options and warrants exercisable at December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997 are 910,633 warrants issued in connection with debt financings (see Note 3).

5. INCOME TAXES

Prior to January 6, 1996, the Company elected to be taxed under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the shareholders were responsible for payment of taxes on income earned by the Company and the Company distributed to shareholders annually an amount equal to the estimated tax liability arising from operations. On January 6, 1996, the Company revoked its election to be taxed under Subchapter S of the Code and elected to be taxed under Subchapter C of the Code. In connection with the change in status, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability and tax expense of $379,235. For comparative purposes, a pro forma tax provision (benefit) has been calculated and presented in the statements of operations as if the Company had been a taxable entity since its inception.

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the following:

                                                YEAR ENDED  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                               DECEMBER 31,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   1996           1997
                                               ------------ -----------------
Current:
  Federal.....................................   $   --         $     --
  State.......................................       --               --
Deferred:
  Federal.....................................    74,152         (917,171)
  State.......................................     7,197          (30,785)
                                                 -------        ---------
    Total.....................................   $81,349        $(947,956)
                                                 =======        =========

F-17

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

Components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                                                   DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1996         1997
                                                   ------------ -------------
Deferred tax assets:
  Deferred revenue................................  $     --      $ 129,179
  Research and development credit carryforwards...        --        600,000
  Allowance for doubtful accounts.................        --        178,000
  Net operating loss carryforwards................    328,028       362,443
  Reserves against contract receivables...........    111,324           --
  Other...........................................     15,698        67,573
                                                    ---------     ---------
    Total deferred tax assets.....................    455,050     1,337,195
                                                    ---------     ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Accumulated depreciation........................   (532,810)     (470,588)
  Miscellaneous accruals and reserves.............     (3,589)          --
                                                    ---------     ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities....................   (536,399)     (470,588)
                                                    ---------     ---------
Net deferred tax asset (liability)................  $ (81,349)    $ 866,607
                                                    =========     =========

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes are different from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate to income before income taxes. The amounts are reconciled as follows:

                                              YEAR ENDED  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                             DECEMBER 31,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 1996           1997
                                             ------------ -----------------
Federal income taxes (benefit) at statutory
 rate.......................................  $(395,458)      $(372,104)
State income tax, net of federal benefit....    (26,036)        (30,785)
Effect of conversion to C Corporation.......    379,235             --
Cancellation of indebtedness................    109,914             --
Research and development tax credits........        --         (600,000)
Amortization of deferred compensation.......                     45,455
Other.......................................     13,694           9,478
                                              ---------       ---------
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes...  $  81,349       $(947,956)
                                              =========       =========

As of September 30, 1997 the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $970,000, which will begin to expire in 2011. Additionally, the Company has research and development tax credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $600,000, which will begin to expire in 2011.

6. BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has established a 401(k) Plan which is available to all employees 21 years of age or older with one year of service to the Company. Employees may contribute up to 15% of gross compensation not to exceed the maximum statutory contribution amount. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions. All employee contributions are fully vested immediately and employer contributions vest 100% after completion of three years of service. During 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the nine-months ended September 30, 1997, the Company contributed $461,058, $586,257, $0 and $748,194, respectively, under the 401(k) Plan.

F-18

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

The Company also had a defined contribution retirement plan, which was available to all employees 21 years of age or older with one year of service to the Company. Company contributions to the defined contribution retirement plan were made annually at 7.4% of the eligible employees' salary and vest after completion of three years of service. During 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company contributed $567,164, $703,983, and $965,198, respectively, under the defined contribution retirement plan. Effective December 31, 1996 the accrual of benefits under the retirement plan ceased and the retirement plan was merged into the 401(k) Plan.

7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In connection with its proposed initial public offering, a one-for-two reverse stock split of the Company's stock has been approved and is to be consummated prior to such offering. All common stock share and per share information and all preferred stock conversion rates presented in these financial statements have been restated for all periods presented to reflect the reverse stock split.

Effective upon completion of this offering, the Company's authorized capital stock shall consist of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share, and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share.

F-19

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to each of the Underwriters named below, and each of such Underwriters, for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co., Hambrecht & Quist LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, the following respective numbers of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below:

                                                                  NUMBER OF
                                                                  SHARES OF
UNDERWRITER                                                      COMMON STOCK
-----------                                                      ------------
Goldman, Sachs & Co.............................................
Hambrecht & Quist LLC...........................................
UBS Securities LLC..............................................
                                                                  ---------
  Total.........................................................  4,000,000
                                                                  =========

Under the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares offered hereby, if any are taken.

The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock in part directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and in part to certain securities dealers at such price less a concession of $ per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the shares of Common Stock are released for sale to the public, this offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

The Company and the Selling Stockholders have granted the Underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an aggregate of 600,000 additional shares of Common Stock to cover over- allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the Underwriters have severally agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage thereof that the number of shares to be purchased by each of them, as shown in the foregoing table, bears to the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered.

The Company and its officers, directors and certain stockholders have agreed that, during the period beginning from the date of this Prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, they will not, subject to certain exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant an option to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the representatives of the Underwriters.

The representatives of the Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the Underwriters exercise discretionary authority to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by them.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the Company and the representatives of the Underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Common Stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company's historical performance,

U-1

estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuations of companies in related businesses.

The Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "EVOL".

The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell the Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock; and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of shares of Common Stock than they are required to purchase from the Company in this offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the securities sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such securities are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the securities, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

U-2

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

"API"--Application Programming Interface. Application programs invoke APIs to request lower-level services that are performed by the platform software, computer, or operating system. An API incorporates a set of standard software interrupts, calls and data formats that application programs use to initiate contact with network services, communications programs, or other systems.

"cellular"--Term used for Cellular Mobile Telephone System (or CMTS). A wireless telephone system based on a grid of cell sites. Each cell site serves a limited geographic area and contains transmitters, receivers and antennae. Each cell site is connected to centrally-located switching gear and control equipment. Each cellular telephone has a unique identification number which allows the central switch to track and coordinate all mobile phones in the service area, including the hand-offs from one cell site to another.

"CDPD"--Cellular Digital Packet Data. A method of sending and receiving data over the existing analog cellular network. The data are structured in "packets" which are transmitted over cellular frequencies that are not being used in phone conversations, thereby avoiding the need to develop an overlay cellular network exclusively for data communications. Targeted at telemetry applications and highly mobile users, packets are sent and received via CDPD modems, which can be connected to cellular telephones, personal computers or specialized devices.

"client"--Clients are devices and software which request information from other sources and provide the end user interface. Typically, the client is a PC or workstation attached to a local area network.

"client/server"--A computer system architecture in which the "client" is a desktop computing device which is "served" by another networked computer. Computers are integrated over the network by an application, which provides a single system image. The server may be a mainframe, minicomputer, or workstation with attached storage devices.

"database"--A collection of information organized in such a way that a computer program can quickly insert, retrieve and update application data.

"digital"--A method of storing, processing and transmitting information by representing information with combinations of the binary digits 0 and 1.

"HP/UX"--Brand name of Hewlett Packard's UNIX operating system product line.

"ILECs"--Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers. ILECs are local exchange carriers who were formerly part of the Bell System. Through divestiture and recent consolidation, these companies now include Ameritech, Bell Atlantic, BellSouth, GTE, Southwestern Bell and U.S. West.

"Java"--A high-level object-oriented programming language developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. which facilitates the creation of platform-independent applications and software components. It was designed primarily for writing software for World Wide Web sites, although the use of Java is expanding for other commercial purposes.

"LNP"--Local Number Portability. LNP, which enables customers to retain their local phone number when changing service providers, was mandated by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and regulations promulgated thereunder in order to facilitate a level playing field for local telephone service competition. The implementation of LNP utilizes a new ten-digit telephone number, known as the Location Routing Number, or LRN. The LRN is used by the originating carrier to determine the identity and location of the terminating carrier's switch.

G-1

"LSR"--Local Service Request. LSRs are 22-page forms which are used by competing carriers to place wholesale orders with ILECs. The competing carriers utilize the LSRs to place orders for unbundled facilities and services provided by ILECs, and support retail orders associated with new customers captured by the competing carriers. LSRs today are primarily processed in a costly manual fashion due to the relative lack of inter-carrier transactions. However, with the introduction of LNP, the volume of LSRs is expected to increase dramatically, creating the need to exchange LSRs by facsimile, e-mail, the Internet and through electronic document interchange (EDI) interfaces.

"NPACs"--Number Portability Administration Centers. These are the regional third-party clearinghouses established by state and federal regulators in order to oversee, mediate, track and resolve all customer LNP-related issues among U.S. carriers. In the U.S., there are seven NPACs, which are administered by Lockheed Martin IMS and Perot Systems.

"OSS"--Operational Support Systems. OSS are the systems and procedures which directly support the daily operation of the telecommunications infrastructure. The average local exchange carrier has hundreds of OSS, which are typically categorized into ordering, provisioning, service assurance and billing.

"PCS"--Personal Communication Services. PCS is a new, lower-powered, higher frequency technology that is competitive to cellular. Operating at frequencies between 1800 MHz and 2000 MHz, PCS provides certain cost advantages over cellular, offers digital communications and improved security.

"RBOCs"--Regional Bell Operating Companies. The local exchange carriers formerly part of the Bell System. See ILECs.

"server"--The server component of a client/server system. The server operates on the local area network and may be a mainframe, minicomputer, or workstation with attached storage devices.

"switch"--A central facility capable of establishing, routing and releasing connections on a per call basis between two or more circuits, services or systems. Switches are used for both wireline and wireless communications networks.

"UNIX"--A powerful multi-user, multi-tasking computer operating system widely adopted in the telecommunications industry. UNIX is available on a wide range of computers, from personal computers to minicomputers to mainframes.

G-2



NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRE- SENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFOR- MATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Prospectus Summary........................................................    3
Risk Factors..............................................................    6
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   18
Dividend Policy and S Corporation Status..................................   18
Dilution..................................................................   19
Capitalization............................................................   20
Selected Financial Data...................................................   21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   22
Business..................................................................   32
Management................................................................   44
Certain Transactions......................................................   52
Principal and Selling Stockholders........................................   54
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   56
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   58
Legal Matters.............................................................   59
Experts...................................................................   59
Change in Accountants.....................................................   59
Additional Information....................................................   60
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
Underwriting..............................................................  U-1
Glossary of Terms.........................................................  G-1


THROUGH AND INCLUDING , 1998 (THE 25TH DAY AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PRO- SPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPEC- TUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.





4,000,000 SHARES

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

COMMON STOCK
(PAR VALUE $.001 PER SHARE)


[LOGO OF EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC. APPEARS HERE]


GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

HAMBRECHT & QUIST

UBS SECURITIES

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE UNDERWRITERS




PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the Common Stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.

Registration fee................................................ $ 16,284
NASD filing fee.................................................    6,020
Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Application fee.....................   44,578
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses........................    7,500
Printing and engraving expenses.................................  150,000
Legal fees and expenses.........................................  250,000
Accounting fees and expenses....................................  270,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees...............................    7,500
Custodian fees..................................................    2,500
Miscellaneous...................................................  120,618
                                                                 --------
    Total....................................................... $875,000
                                                                 ========

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant has broad powers to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities they may incur in such capacities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

The Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws include provisions to (i) eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware and
(ii) require the Registrant to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware Law, including circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary. Pursuant to
Section 145 of the Delaware Law, a corporation generally has the power to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit to which they are or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their serving in such positions so long as they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action, they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. The Registrant believes that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. These provisions do not eliminate the directors' duty of care, and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for acts or omissions that the director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the Registrant or its stockholders, for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, for acts or omissions involving a reckless disregard for the director's duty to the Registrant or its stockholders when the director was aware or should have been aware of a risk of serious injury to the Registrant or its stockholders, for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's duty to the Registrant or its stockholders, for improper transactions between the director and the Registrant and for improper distributions to stockholders and loans to directors and officers. The provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities law or state or federal environmental laws. See "Management--Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors" and "Certain Transactions".

II-1


The Registrant plans to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred (including expenses of a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or an executive officer of the Registrant or any of its affiliated enterprises, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. See "Certain Transactions".

The Underwriting Agreement, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 1995, the Registrant has issued and/or sold the following unregistered securities:

(1) On January 2, 1996, the Registrant issued an aggregate principal amount of $5,092,859 of promissory notes to its stockholders in connection with the stockholders' deferred receipt of their 1995 S Corporation distributions.

(2) On January 10, 1996, in connection with the Registrant's reincorporation from Colorado to Delaware, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 510,000 shares of its Non-voting Common Stock and an aggregate of 8,160 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock in exchange for cancellation of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of its Colorado predecessor.

(3) From January 19, 1996 to January 2, 1998, options granted to employees, directors and consultants of the Registrant to purchase an aggregate of 85,051 shares of the Registrant's Non-voting Common Stock under its Stock Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $.80 per share have been exercised.

(4) On June 7, 1996, Thomas Konchan, a former employee of the Registrant, exercised a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 3,825 shares of the Registrant's Non-voting Common Stock at an exercise price of $.80 per share.

(5) On May 31, 1996, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $6,500,000 of its Senior Subordinated Promissory Notes, along with warrants to purchase an aggregate of 727,998 shares of its Non- voting Common Stock at an exercise price of $.80 per share, to five accredited investors. The aggregate purchase price of the warrants was $4,853.33. On September 30, 1996, in connection with amendment of the terms of the Senior Subordinated Promissory Notes, the Registrant issued and sold additional warrants to purchase an aggregate of 182,635 shares of its Non-voting Common Stock at an exercise price of $.80 per share to such investors at an aggregate purchase price of $1,217.58.

The issuance of the promissory notes described in paragraph (1) above did not involve any public offering and therefore was exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof.

The issuance of the securities described in paragraph (2) above was exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 3(a)(9) thereof in that the securities were issued in an exchange transaction with the Registrant's existing stockholders solely for the purpose of changing the Registrant's domicile within the United States.

The stock option exercises described in paragraphs (3) and (4) above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder in that they were

II-2


issued and sold either pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation.

The issuance and sale of the securities described in paragraph (5) above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof. The purchasers of the securities were either accredited investors, as defined in Section 2(15)(ii) of the Securities Act, or experienced venture capital investors. Each purchaser represented to the Registrant its intention to acquire the securities for investment and not for distribution, and appropriate restrictive legends are affixed to the certificates representing the securities. In addition, each purchaser received adequate information about the Registrant in connection with making its investment decision.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(A) EXHIBITS.

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
-------  -----------------------
 1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3(i).1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
 3(i).2* Form of Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated
         Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, to be filed prior to the
         closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement
         relates.
 3(i).3  Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon
         the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement
         relates.
 3(ii).1 Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.
 3(ii).2 Form of Amended and Restated By-laws to be effective upon the
         closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement
         relates.
 4.1     Reference is made to Exhibits 3(i).1 through 3(ii).2.
 4.2*    Specimen stock certificate representing shares of Common Stock.
 5.1*    Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
10.1     Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by the
         Registrant and its directors and executive officers.
10.2*    Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan.
10.3     Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be effective upon the closing of
         this offering.
10.4     Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, between the Registrant and the
         parties named therein, dated as of May 31, 1996.
10.5     Form of Senior Subordinated Promissory Note, as amended.
10.6     Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.
10.7     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996.
11.1     Statement regarding computation of earnings per share.
16.1     Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
23.1     Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants.
23.2     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors, and Report
         on Schedule.
23.3     Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1     Power of Attorney. Reference is made to page II-5.
27       Financial Data Schedule.


* To be filed by amendment.

II-3


(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 15 or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel, the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(2) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Englewood, State of Colorado on the 9th day of January, 1998.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

    /s/ J. RICHARD ABRAMSON
By: __________________________________________
     J. Richard Abramson
     President, Chief Executive Officer and
     Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints J. Richard Abramson and Anita T. Moseley as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any of all amendments to the Registration Statement of Form S-1 (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement, and any amendments thereto, filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the amount of securities for which registration is being sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys- in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 SIGNATURE                            TITLE                      DATE
 ---------                            -----                      ----
/s/ GEORGE A. HALLENBECK      Chairman of the Board of Directors   January 9, 1998
------------------------
George A. Hallenbeck

/s/ J. RICHARD ABRAMSON        President, Chief Executive Officer   January 9, 1998
------------------------       and Director
J. Richard Abramson            (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ROGER A. BARNES           Senior Vice President of Finance,    January 9, 1998
------------------------      Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
Roger A. Barnes               and Assistant Secretary
                              (Principal Financial and Accounting
                              Officer)

/s/ DAVID J. MOLNY            Vice-President, Chief Technical      January 9, 1998
------------------------      Oficer and Director
David J. Molny

/s/ HARRY B. FAIR             Vice Chairman of the Board of        January 9, 1998
------------------------      Directors
Harry B. Fair

/s/ DONALD R. DIXON           Director                             January 9, 1998
------------------------
Donald R. Dixon

/s/ ROBERT J. LOARIE          Director                             January 9, 1998
------------------------
Robert J. Loarie

II-5


SCHEDULE II

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                  BALANCE AT   ADDITIONS            BALANCE AT
                                  BEGINNING    CHARGED TO   WRITE-     END
                                   OF PERIOD   OPERATIONS    OFFS    OF PERIOD
                                  ----------- ------------ -------- -----------
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Year Ended:
 December 31, 1994...............  $    --      $    --    $    --   $    --
                                   --------     --------   --------  --------
 December 31, 1995...............  $    --      $    --    $    --   $    --
                                   --------     --------   --------  --------
 December 31, 1996...............  $    --      $577,000   $279,000  $298,000
                                   --------     --------   --------  --------
Nine Months Ended:
 September 30, 1997..............  $298,000     $412,500   $234,500  $476,000
                                   --------     --------   --------  --------

S-1

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
-------  -----------------------
 1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3(i).1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
 3(i).2* Form of Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated
         Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, to be filed prior to the
         closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
 3(i).3  Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon
         the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement
         relates.
 3(ii).1 Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.
 3(ii).2 Form of Amended and Restated By-laws to be effective upon the closing
         of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
 4.1     Reference is made to Exhibits 3(i).1 through 3(ii).2.
 4.2*    Specimen stock certificate representing shares of Common Stock.
 5.1*    Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
10.1     Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by the
         Registrant and its directors and executive officers.
10.2*    Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan.
10.3     Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be effective upon the closing of this
         offering.
10.4     Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, between the Registrant and the
         parties named therein, dated as of May 31, 1996.
10.5     Form of Senior Subordinated Promissory Note, as amended.
10.6     Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.
10.7     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996.
11.1     Statement regarding computation of earnings per share.
16.1     Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
23.1     Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants.
23.2     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors, and Report on
         Schedule.
23.3     Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1     Power of Attorney. Reference is made to page II-5.
27       Financial Data Schedule.


* To be filed by amendment.


EXHIBIT 3(i).1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

Evolving Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Evolving Systems, Inc.

2. The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware was January 10, 1996.

3. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit A was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141, 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has executed this certificate on the 29th day of May, 1996.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

   /s/ Larry S. Schwartz
By:---------------------------------
   Larry S. Schwartz
   Vice President, Legal Services and
     Secretary


AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

I.

The name of this corporation is Evolving Systems, Inc.

II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is:

The Corporation Trust Company 1209 Orange Street Wilmington, DE 19801 County of New Castle

The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IV.
This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares the corporation is authorized to issue is Eleven Million Five Hundred Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixty (11,508,160) shares, (i) Ten Million
(10,000,000) shares of which shall be Common Stock (the "Common Stock") and (ii)
One Million Five Hundred Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixty (1,508,160) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock"). The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($.001) per share.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting stock of the Corporation.

PREFERRED STOCK. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.

A. DESIGNATION OF SERIES A PREFERRED. Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixty (8,160) of the shares of Preferred Stock are designated as Series A Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred") with the rights preferences, privileges and restrictions specified herein.

1.


1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS. Holders of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive cash dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor.

2. VOTING RIGHTS. The holder of each share of Series A Preferred shall have the right to vote one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Series A Preferred could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the Bylaws, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

3. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS. Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any other stock of the Corporation, the holders of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation an amount per share equal to Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty ($6,250). If the assets and funds thus distributed to the holders of the Series A Preferred shall be insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Series A Preferred based on the relative preferential amounts of the shares of the Series A Preferred then held by them.

After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock as set forth in Section A(3) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock (on an as- converted basis).

An Acquisition or an Asset Transfer, as defined below, shall be considered a liquidation for purposes of this section.

4. CONVERSION TO COMMON STOCK. The holders of the Series A Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series A Preferred into shares of Common Stock:

A. OPTIONAL CONVERSION. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section A(4), any shares of Series A Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series A Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the "Series A Conversion Rate" then in effect (determined as provided in Section A(4)(b)) by the number of shares of Series A Preferred being converted.

B. SERIES A PREFERRED CONVERSION RATE. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series A Preferred (the "Series A Conversion Rate") shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the "Original Issue Price" of the Series A Preferred plus any

2.


declared and unpaid dividends thereon, by the "Series A Conversion Price," calculated as provided in Section A(4)(c)). The Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred shall be Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($6,250) (as adjusted for any stock combinations or splits with respect to the Series A Preferred shares).

C. CONVERSION PRICE. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred initially shall be Twelve Dollars Fifty Cents ($12.50) (the "Series A Conversion Price"). Such initial Series A Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section A(4). All references to the Series A Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series A Conversion Price as so adjusted.

D. MECHANICS OF CONVERSION. Each holder of Series A Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this
Section A(4) shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series A Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Corporation promptly shall issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and promptly shall pay in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the fair market value of the Common Stock determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series A Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

E. ADJUSTMENT FOR STOCK SPLITS AND COMBINATIONS. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the date the first share of Series A Preferred is issued (the "Series A Original Issue Date") effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before such subdivision shall be decreased proportionately. Conversely, if the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before such combination shall be increased proportionately. Any adjustment under this Section A(4)(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

F. ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date makes or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event the Series A Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by

3.


multiplying the Series A Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (2) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section A(4)(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

G. ADJUSTMENTS FOR OTHER DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of other securities of the Corporation they would have received had their Series A Preferred been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this
Section A(4) with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred or with respect to such other securities by their terms.

H. ADJUSTMENT FOR RECLASSIFICATION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSTITUTION. If at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section A(4)), in any such event each holder of Series A Preferred shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

I. REORGANIZATIONS, MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS OR SALES OF ASSETS. If at any time or from time to time after the Series A Original Issue Date, there is a capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section A(4)), as a part of such capital reorganization, provision

4.


shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred thereafter shall be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, subject to adjustment in respect of such stock or securities by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section A(4) with respect to the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section A(4) (including adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, as applicable, then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

"Acquisition" shall mean any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving corporation or other entity or person immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization, or any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Corporation's voting power is transferred; or

"Asset Transfer" shall mean a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

J. NOTICES OF RECORD DATE. Upon (i) any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition or other capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Corporation, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (1) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (2) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (3) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

K. AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.

5.


(1) Each share of Series A Preferred automatically shall be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series A Conversion Rate, immediately prior to the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation in which the per share price to the public is at least Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) (as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and the like), and the gross cash proceeds to the Corporation (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000). Upon any such conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section A(1).

(2) Upon the occurrence of an event specified in paragraph
(a) above, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, as applicable, shall be converted without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series A Preferred, as applicable, either are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such conversion of the Series A Preferred, the holders of Series A Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such conversion occurred, and the Corporation promptly shall pay in cash or, at the option of the Corporation, Common Stock (at the fair market value of the Common Stock determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), or both, together with all declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of such Series A Preferred being converted, to and including the date of such conversion.

L. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series A Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock's fair market value (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

M. RESERVATION OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred. If at any time the

6.


number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

N. NOTICES. Any notice required by the provisions of this
Section A shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

O. PAYMENT OF TAXES. The Corporation will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series A Preferred so converted were registered.

P. NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT. The Corporation shall not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred against dilution or other impairment.

5. NO REISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK. No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

A. COMMON STOCK. Except as provided otherwise herein or in the Bylaws, the holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholder's meeting in accordance with the Bylaws.

B. DESIGNATION OF NON-VOTING COMMON STOCK; AUTOMATIC CONVERSION. Two Million Four Hundred Twenty Thousand (2,420,000) shares of the Common Stock are designated as Non-Voting Common Stock (the "Non-Voting Common") which, except as may be otherwise required by law, shall be non-voting stock. Each share of Non-Voting Common shall be converted into one share of Common Stock of the Corporation upon the occurrence of the following events: (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Exchange Act

7.


of 1934, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation, (ii) upon a merger of the Corporation, unless the Corporation's stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such merger will, immediately after such merger hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity, and (iii) upon the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation.

V.

A. A Director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

B. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI or Section 42 of the Bylaws shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI or Section 42 of the Bylaws in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its Directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

B. The Board of Directors may from time to time make, amend, supplement or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that the stockholders may change or repeal any Bylaw adopted by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock, excluding the outstanding shares of the Non-Voting Common, if any, and Series A Preferred voting together as a single class on an as converted basis; and, provided further, that no amendment or supplement to the Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors shall vary or conflict with any amendment or supplement thus adopted by the stockholders.

C. The Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

8.


The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this right.

9.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

Evolving Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Evolving Systems, Inc.

SECOND: The first paragraph of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares the Corporation is authorized to issue is thirty-one million five hundred eight thousand one hundred sixty (31,508,160) shares, (i) thirty million (30,000,000) shares of which shall be Common Stock (the "Common Stock") and (ii) one million five hundred eight thousand one hundred sixty (1,508,160) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock"). The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($.001) per share.

THIRD: The first sentence of Section 5(b) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Seven million two hundred sixty thousand (7,260,000) shares of the Common Stock are designated as Non-Voting Common Stock (the "Non-Voting Common"), which, except as may be otherwise required by law, shall be non- voting stock.

FOURTH: The foregoing amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation have been duly adopted by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and notice of such adoption has been provided in accordance with said Section 228.

1.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has executed this Certificate of Amendment on the 7th day of November, 1996.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Larry Schwartz
    -------------------------------
    Name:  Larry Schwartz
    Title: Vice President of Legal Services, Secretary

2.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

Evolving Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Evolving Systems, Inc.

SECOND: The first sentence of Section 5(b) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Nine million eight hundred and sixty thousand (9,860,000) shares of the Common Stock are designated as Non-Voting Common Stock (the "Non-Voting Common"), which, except as may be otherwise required by law, shall be non-voting stock.

THIRD: The foregoing amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation have been duly adopted by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and notice of such adoption has been provided in accordance with said Section 228.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has executed this Certificate of Amendment on the 30th day of January, 1997.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Larry Schwartz
    -------------------------------
      Name: Larry Schwartz
      Title: V.P. of Legal Services


EXHIBIT 3(i).3

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
A DELAWARE CORPORATION

I.

The undersigned, J. Richard Abramson, hereby certifies that:

ONE: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Evolving Systems, Inc.

TWO: The corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 10, 1996.

THREE: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and amends the corporation's Certificate of Incorporation filed on January 10, 1996, as amended by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed May 29, 1996, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on November 8, 1996 and the Certificate of Amendment filed February 18, 1997 and has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

FOUR: The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

II.

The name of this corporation is EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

III.

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IV.

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

A. CLASSES OF STOCK. This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is twenty-seven million (27,000,000), of which twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock and two million


(2,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock. The Common Stock shall have a par value of $.001 per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $.001 per share.

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, by filing a certificate (a "Preferred Stock Designation") pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, to fix or alter from time to time the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time the number of shares constituting any such series or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

2. Following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the "Initial Public Offering"), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3. Subject to any limitations imposed by law, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation, entitled to vote at an election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.

4. Any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B.

1. Subject to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of the Bylaws, the Bylaws may be altered or amended or new Bylaws adopted by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock. The Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend, or repeal Bylaws.

2. The directors of the corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws. No action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

C.

1. Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of


Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of the shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he shall fix; provided, however, that following the registration of any classes of equity securities of the corporation pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized Directors.

2. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the corporation.

VI.

A. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and agents (and any other persons to which Delaware law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the corporation, its stockholders, and others.

B. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for any matter in respect of which such director shall be liable under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any amendment thereto or shall be liable by reason that, in addition to any and all other requirements for such liability, such director (1) shall have breached the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) shall not have acted in good faith, or, in failing to act, shall not have acted in good faith, (3) shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or, in failing to act, shall have acted in a manner involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (4) shall have derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

C. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is in any way involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), including any appeal therefrom, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or of a direct or indirect subsidiary of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity or enterprise, or was a director or officer of a foreign or domestic corporation which was predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another


entity or enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation, and the corporation shall advance all expenses incurred by any such person in defense of any such proceeding prior to its final determination, to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any proceeding against the corporation to enforce these rights, such person shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and the corporation shall have the burden of proving that such person has not met the standards of conduct for permissible indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VI shall be presumed to have been relied upon by the directors and officers of the corporation in serving or continuing to serve the corporation and shall be enforceable as contract rights. Said rights shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled. The corporation may, upon written demand presented by a director or officer of the corporation or of a direct or indirect subsidiary of the corporation, or by a person serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity or enterprise, enter into contracts to provide such persons with specified rights to indemnification, which contracts may confer rights and protections to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended and in effect from time to time.

1. If a claim under this Article VI is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expenses of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce the right to be advanced expenses incurred in defending any proceeding prior to its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct for permissible indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

2. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to permit the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the Delaware General Corporation Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment, the indemnification rights conferred by this Article VI shall be broadened to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

D. Any repeal or modification of any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI, including without limitation, any contractual rights arising under or authorized by it, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to such repeal or modification.


VII.

A. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on _________________ , 1997.


J. Richard Abramson

President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 3(ii).1

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

AS AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON AUGUST 7, 1997


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I       OFFICES...........................................................................   1
  Section 1.    Registered Office.................................................................   1
  Section 2.    Other Offices.....................................................................   1
ARTICLE II      CORPORATE SEAL....................................................................   1
  Section 3.    Corporate Seal....................................................................   1
ARTICLE III     STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS............................................................   1
  Section 4.    Place Of Meetings.................................................................   1
  Section 5.    Annual Meeting....................................................................   2
  Section 6.    Special Meetings..................................................................   3
  Section 7.    Notice Of Meetings................................................................   4
  Section 8.    Quorum............................................................................   4
  Section 9.    Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings......................................   5
  Section 10.   Voting Rights.....................................................................   5
  Section 11.   Beneficial Owners Of Stock........................................................   5
  Section 12.   List Of Stockholders..............................................................   6
  Section 13.   Action Without Meeting............................................................   6
  Section 14.   Organization......................................................................   7
ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS..............................................................................   8
  Section 15.   Number And Term Of Office.........................................................   8
  Section 16.   Powers............................................................................   8
  Section 17.   Vacancies.........................................................................   8
  Section 18.   Removal...........................................................................   9
  Section 19.   Meetings..........................................................................   9
  Section 20.   Quorum and Voting.................................................................  10
  Section 21.   Action Without Meeting............................................................  10
  Section 22.   Fees and Compensation.............................................................  10
  Section 23.   Committees........................................................................  11
  Section 24.   Organization......................................................................  12
ARTICLE V       OFFICERS..........................................................................  12
  Section 25.   Officers Designated...............................................................  12
  Section 26.   Tenure and Duties of Officers.....................................................  13
  Section 27.   Delegation of Authority...........................................................  14
  Section 28.   Resignations......................................................................  14
  Section 29.   Removal...........................................................................  14
ARTICLE VI      EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF
                SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION...............................................  14
  Section 30.   Execution of Corporate Instruments................................................  14
  Section 31.   Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation.....................................  15
ARTICLE VII     SHARES OF STOCK...................................................................  15
  Section 32.   Form And Execution Of Certificates................................................  15
  Section 33.   Lost Certificates.................................................................  16


  Section 34.   Transfers.........................................................................  16
  Section 35.   Fixing Record Dates...............................................................  16
  Section 36.   Registered Stockholders...........................................................  17
ARTICLE VIII    OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION...............................................  18
  Section 37.   Execution Of Other Securities.....................................................  18
ARTICLE IX      DIVIDENDS.........................................................................  18
  Section 38.   Declaration Of Dividends..........................................................  18
  Section 39.   Dividend Reserve..................................................................  18
ARTICLE X       FISCAL YEAR.......................................................................  19
  Section 40.   Fiscal Year.......................................................................  19
ARTICLE XI      INDEMNIFICATION...................................................................  19
  Section 41.   Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents................  19
ARTICLE XII     NOTICES...........................................................................  23
  Section 42.   Notices...........................................................................  23
ARTICLE XIII    AMENDMENTS........................................................................  24
  Section 43.   Amendments........................................................................  24
ARTICLE XIV     LOANS TO OFFICERS.................................................................  25
  Section 44.   Loans To Officers.................................................................  25


AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business in Englewood, Colorado, at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

SECTION 3. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, "Corporate Seal Delaware." Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

SECTION 4. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or, if not so designated, then at the office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.


Section 5. ANNUAL MEETING.

a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of Directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on a day designated by the Board of Directors during the month of May in each year or on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) if the business includes formal action by the stockholders, specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, if the business includes formal action by the stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than thirty (30) calendar days in advance of the date of the annual meeting of the stockholders.

c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of the stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of Directors at the meeting.

SECTION 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than one-fifth of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he shall fix.

b) If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, or Chief Executive Officer, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time, date and location of such meeting, any formal action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the general nature of other business proposed to be discussed, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, overnight delivery by a nationally recognized courier, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the Vice

2

Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, or the Secretary of the corporation. No formal action of the stockholders may be taken at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request for a meeting shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these By-Laws. The time and date specified in a request for a meeting submitted under this Section 6(b) may be modified by the Board of Directors; provided that the date for the meeting established by the Board of Directors shall not be earlier than that specified in the request and shall not be later than ten (10) business days after the date specified in the request. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

SECTION 7. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

SECTION 8. QUORUM. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Any shares, the voting of which at said meeting has been enjoined, or which for any reason cannot be lawfully voted at such meeting, shall not be counted to determine a quorum at such meeting. In the absence of a quorum any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, all action taken by the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be valid and binding upon the corporation; provided, however, that Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of Directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that

3

vote on that matter and the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of Directors) of shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class.

SECTION 9. ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares represented thereat. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 10. VOTING RIGHTS. For the purpose of determining those stock holders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholder, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the records date, as provided in Section 12 of these By- Laws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person or by an agent or agents authorized by a written proxy executed by such person or his duly authorized agent, which proxy shall be filed with the Secretary at or before the meeting at which it is to be used. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. All elections of Directors shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 11. BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF STOCK.

a) If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is

4

held in unequal interests, a majority or even split for the purpose of this subsection (a) shall be a majority or even split in interest.

b) Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon.

SECTION 12. LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

SECTION 13. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

a) Any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

b) Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner herein required, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested or by overnight delivery deposited with a nationally recognized courier. Unless otherwise specified in the written consent, all written consents may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same written consent.

5

c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

SECTION 14. ORGANIZATION.

a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Vice Chairman of the Board, or if the Vice Chairman is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President present, or in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless, and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

SECTION 15. NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE. The Board of Directors shall consist of a number no less than five, nor greater than seven members. The number of authorized Directors may be modified from time to time by amendment of this Section 15 in accordance with the provisions of Section 43 hereof. Except as provided in Section

6

17, the Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting in each year and shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the Directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these By-Laws. No reduction of the authorized number of Directors shall have the effect of removing any Director before the Director's term of office expires, unless such removal is made pursuant to the provisions of Section 18 hereof.

The Directors shall elect one Director to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors and one Director to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors. The positions of Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board shall not have the authority of officers of the corporation.

SECTION 16. POWERS. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 17. VACANCIES. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, and each Director so elected shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacant and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 17 in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any Director, or if the stockholders fail at any meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be elected (including any meeting referred to in Section 19 below) to elect the number of Directors then constituting the whole Board of Directors. Any Director may resign at any time by delivering his written resignation to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more Directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

SECTION 18. REMOVAL. At a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose in the manner hereinabove provided, subject to any limitations imposed by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors, or any individual Director, may be removed from office, with or without cause, and a new Director or Directors elected

7

by a vote of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

Section 19. MEETINGS.

A) ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders and at the place where such meeting is held. No notice of an annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and such meeting shall be held for the purpose of electing officers and transacting such other business as may lawfully come before it.

B) REGULAR MEETINGS. Except as hereinafter otherwise provided, regular meetings of the Board of Directors, when held, shall be held in the office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may also be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been determined by the Board of Directors.

C) SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any Director.

D) TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

E) NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given at least one (1) day before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any Director by attendance thereat, except when the Director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

F) WAIVER OF NOTICE. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present shall sign a written waiver of notice, or a consent to holding such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or consent unless so required by the Certificate

8

of Incorporation or these By-Laws. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

SECTION 20. QUORUM AND VOTING.

A) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising under
Section 41 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one third of the exact number of Directors fixed from time to time in accordance with Section 15 hereof, but not less than one (1), a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of Directors fixed from time to time in accordance with Section 15 of these By-Laws, but not less than one (1); provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

B) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present all questions and business shall be determined by a vote of a majority of the Directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

SECTION 21. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the Board of Directors or committee.

SECTION 22. FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 23. COMMITTEES.

A) EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and specifically granted by the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise when the Board of Directors is not in session all powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including, without limitation, the power and authority to declare a dividend

9

or to authorize the issuance of stock, except such committee shall not have the power or authority to amend the Certificate of Incorporation, to adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation, to recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, to recommend to the stockholders of the corporation a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend these By-Laws.

B) OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, from time to time appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors, and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these By-Laws.

C) TERM. The members of all committees of the Board of Directors shall serve a term coexistent with that of the Board of Directors which shall have appointed such committee. The Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 23, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

D) MEETINGS. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 23 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any Director who is a member of such committee, upon written notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any Director by attendance thereat, except when the Director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to

10

the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. A majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

SECTION 24. ORGANIZATION. At every meeting of the Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Vice Chairman is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, or, in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 25. OFFICERS DESIGNATED. The officers of the corporation shall be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers with such powers and duties as he or she deems necessary.

SECTION 26. TENURE AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

A) GENERAL. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

B) DUTIES OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

11

C) INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

D) DUTIES OF PRESIDENT. The President shall perform the duties of and have all of the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer's absence, refusal or inability to act or during a vacancy in the office of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

E) DUTIES OF VICE PRESIDENTS. The Vice Presidents, in the order of their seniority, may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

F) DUTIES OF SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these By-Laws of all meetings of the stockholders, and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties given him in these By-Laws and other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time The Chief Executive Officer may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

G) DUTIES OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR TREASURER. The Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner, and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer may direct any Assistant Treasurer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, and each Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

12

SECTION 27. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

SECTION 28. RESIGNATIONS. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

SECTION 29. REMOVAL. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, subject to the terms of any employment agreement between the corporation and such officer, by the vote or written consent of a majority of the Directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND

VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

SECTION 30. EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these By-Laws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. If not otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President is authorized to execute contracts or other documents on behalf of the corporation, but no others.

Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by law, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and other evidences of indebtedness of the corporation, and other corporate instruments or documents requiring the corporate seal, and certificates of shares of stock owned by the corporation, shall be executed, signed or endorsed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or any Vice President, and by the Secretary or Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer. All other instruments and documents requiring the corporate signature, but not requiring the corporate seal, may be executed as aforesaid or in such other manner as may be expressly directed in writing by the Board of Directors.

13

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositories on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

SECTION 31. VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

SECTION 32. FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions on transfer and relative rights of the shares authorized to be issued.

SECTION 33. LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

14

SECTION 34. TRANSFERS.

a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

SECTION 35. FIXING RECORD DATES.

A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested or by overnight delivery deposited with a nationally recognized courier. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to

15

consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

C) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 36. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

16

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

SECTION 37. EXECUTION OF OTHER SECURITIES. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 32), may be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

SECTION 38. DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 39. DIVIDEND RESERVE. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

17

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

SECTION 40. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 41. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS.

A) INDEMNIFIED PERSONS. The corporation shall indemnify its Directors, executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary and all Vice Presidents, and other officers or employees named by the Board of Directors from time-to-time (the "Indemnified Persons") to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, that the corporation may limit the extent of such indemnification by written individual contracts with such Indemnified Persons; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any Indemnified Persons in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person or any proceeding by such person against the corporation or its Directors, officers, employees or other agents unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation or (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

B) OTHER OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

c) GOOD FAITH.

I) For purposes of any determination under this Bylaw, an Indemnified Person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful, if his action is based on information, opinions, reports and statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by:

A) one or more officers or employees of the corporation whom the Indemnified Person believed to be reliable and competent in the matters presented;

18

B) counsel, independent accountants or other persons (such as an outside consultant) as to matters which the Indemnified Person believed to be within such person's professional competence;

C) with respect to a Director, a committee of the Board upon which such Director does not serve, as to matters within such Committee's designated authority, which committee the Director believes to merit confidence; so long as, in each case, the Director acts without knowledge that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted; and (iv) any other resource, if such source and the information provided by such source were believed to be reliable and competent by such Indemnified Person.

II) The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

III) The provisions of this paragraph (c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

D) EXPENSES. The corporation shall advance, prior to the final disposition of any proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any Indemnified Person in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Bylaw or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who were not parties to the proceeding, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

E) ENFORCEMENT. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to Indemnified Persons under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the Indemnified Person. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to an Indemnified Person shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part,

19

or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim. The corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

F) NON EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by the Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its Directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

G) SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

H) INSURANCE. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

I) AMENDMENTS. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

J) SAVING CLAUSE. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnified Person to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

20

K) CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

I) The term "proceeding" shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

II) The term "expenses" shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys' fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

III) The term "corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

IV) References to a "director," "officer," "employee," or "agent" of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

V) References to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the corporation as referred to in this Bylaw.

21

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

SECTION 42. NOTICES.

A) NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS. Whenever, under any provisions of these By-Laws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, it shall be given in writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to his last known post office address as shown by the stock record of the corporation or its transfer agent, or by overnight delivery to such address, deposited with a nationally recognized courier.

B) NOTICE OF DIRECTORS. Any notice required to be given to any Director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or by facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such Director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such Director.

C) ADDRESS UNKNOWN. If no address of a stockholder or Director be known, notice may be sent to the office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

D) AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or Director or Directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall be conclusive evidence of the statements therein contained.

E) TIME NOTICES DEEMED GIVEN. All notices given by mail or overnight delivery, as above provided, shall be deemed to have been given as at the time of mailing or deposit with a nationally recognized courier and all notices given by facsimile, telex or telegram shall be deemed to have been given as of the sending time recorded at time of transmission.

F) METHODS OF NOTICE. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all Directors, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

G) FAILURE TO RECEIVE NOTICE. The period or limitation of time within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy any privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any Director may exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice sent him in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or extended in any manner by the failure of such stockholder or such Director to receive such notice.

22

H) NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

I) NOTICE TO PERSON WITH UNDELIVERABLE ADDRESS. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the corporation, to any stockholder to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of the taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at his address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth his then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to this paragraph.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 43. AMENDMENTS. Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph (i) of Section 41 of these By-Laws, these By-Laws may be amended or repealed and new By-Laws adopted by a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote. The Board of Directors shall also have the power, if such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, to adopt, amend or repeal By- Laws (including, without limitation, the amendment of any Bylaw setting forth the number of Directors who shall constitute the whole Board of Directors).

23

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

SECTION 44. LOANS TO OFFICERS. The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this Section 44 shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

24

EXHIBIT 3(ii).2

AMENDED

AND

RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

SECTION 3. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, "Corporate Seal- Delaware." Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

SECTION 4. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, or, if not so designated, then at the office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

SECTION 5. ANNUAL MEETING.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought


before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such annual meeting or, in the event public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the corporation fewer than seventy (70) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), in his capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder's meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b), and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(c) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c) shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 5. Such

2

stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 5. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(d) For purposes of this Section 5, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

SECTION 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption), or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors, shall fix.

(b) If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty
(120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon

3

determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. If the notice is not given within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may set the time and place of the meeting and give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

SECTION 7. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

SECTION 8. QUORUM. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all action taken by the holders of a majority of the vote cast, excluding abstentions, at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be valid and binding upon the corporation; provided, however, that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the votes cast, including abstentions, by the holders of shares of such class or classes or series shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

4

SECTION 9. ADJOURNMENT AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares casting votes, excluding abstentions. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 10. VOTING RIGHTS. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

SECTION 11. JOINT OWNERS OF STOCK. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

SECTION 12. LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

5

SECTION 13. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

SECTION 14. ORGANIZATION.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

6

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

SECTION 15. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

SECTION 16. POWERS. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 17. CLASSES OF DIRECTORS AND TERMS OF OFFICE. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the "Initial Public Offering"), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 18. VACANCIES. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in

7

the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

SECTION 19. RESIGNATION. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his written resignation to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

SECTION 20. REMOVAL. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation, entitled to vote at an election of directors (the "Voting Stock") or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.

SECTION 21. MEETINGS.

(a) ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately before or after the annual meeting of stockholders and at the place where such meeting is held. No notice of an annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and such meeting shall be held for the purpose of electing officers and transacting such other business as may lawfully come before it.

(b) REGULAR MEETINGS. Except as hereinafter otherwise provided, regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held in the office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may also be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by resolution of the Board of Directors or the written consent of all directors.

(c) SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any two of the directors.

(d) TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear

8

each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(e) NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall given in writing, by facsimile, telegraph or telex, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting, or sent in writing to each director by (i) overnight courier with a nationally recognized courier service at least two (2) days before the date of the meeting or (ii) first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(f) WAIVER OF NOTICE. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present shall sign a written waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

SECTION 22. QUORUM AND VOTING.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number and except with respect to indemnification questions arising under
Section 43 hereof, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

SECTION 23. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

9

SECTION 24. FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 25. COMMITTEES AND CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.

(a) EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including without limitation the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock and to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation.

(b) OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, from time to time appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors shall by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors appoint a Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

10

(d) TERM. The Chairman of the Board and each member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall serve a term on the committee coexistent with such member's term on the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove the Chairman of the Board and any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any Chairman position and committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(e) MEETINGS. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon written notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. A majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

SECTION 26. ORGANIZATION. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, or, in the absence of any such officer, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

11

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 27. OFFICERS DESIGNATED. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Chief Financial Officer all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 28. TENURE AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

(a) GENERAL. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) DUTIES OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) DUTIES OF PRESIDENT. The President may assume and perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer or whenever the office of Chief Executive Officer is vacant. The President, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Exectuvive Officer, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perfom other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) DUTIES OF VICE PRESIDENTS. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer or the President in the absence or disability of both of the Chief Executive Officer and the President or whenever the office of Chief Executive Officer and President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to

12

their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or President shall designate from time to time.

(e) DUTIES OF SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties given him in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) DUTIES OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

SECTION 29. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

SECTION 30. RESIGNATIONS. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

SECTION 31. REMOVAL. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or

13

superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING
OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

SECTION 32. EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by law, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and other evidences of indebtedness of the corporation, and other corporate instruments or documents requiring the corporate seal, and certificates of shares of stock owned by the corporation, shall be executed, signed or endorsed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or any Vice President, and by the Secretary or Chief Financial Officer. All other instruments and documents requiring the corporate signature, but not requiring the corporate seal, may be executed as aforesaid or in such other manner as may be directed by the Board of Directors.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositories on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

SECTION 33. VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

SECTION 34. FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and

14

applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

SECTION 35. LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

SECTION 36. TRANSFERS.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

15

SECTION 37. FIXING RECORD DATES.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 38. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

SECTION 39. EXECUTION OF OTHER SECURITIES. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Assistant Financial Officer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond,

16

debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Chief Financial Officer or the Controller or Assistant Controller of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

SECTION 40. DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 41. DIVIDEND RESERVE. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

SECTION 42. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 43. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, OTHER OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS.

17

(a) DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, "executive officers" shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) OTHER OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(c) EXPENSES. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Bylaw or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph
(e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) ENFORCEMENT. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be

18

enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(f) SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) INSURANCE. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

19

(h) AMENDMENTS. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) SAVING CLAUSE. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term "proceeding" shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term "expenses" shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys' fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii) The term the "corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a "director," "executive officer," "officer," "employee," or "agent" of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the

20

corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this Bylaw.

21

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

SECTION 44. NOTICES.

(a) NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS. Whenever, under any provisions of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, it shall be given in writing, timely and duly deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to his last known post office address as shown by the stock record of the corporation or its transfer agent.

(b) NOTICE TO DIRECTORS. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or by overnight courier, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) TIME NOTICES DEEMED GIVEN. All notices given by mail or overnight courier, as above provided, shall be deemed to have been given as at the time of mailing, and all notices given by facsimile, telex or telegram shall be deemed to have been given as of the sending time recorded at time of transmission.

(e) METHODS OF NOTICE. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all directors, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(f) FAILURE TO RECEIVE NOTICE. The period or limitation of time within which any stockholder may exercise any option or right, or enjoy any privilege or benefit, or be required to act, or within which any director may exercise any power or right, or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice sent him in the manner above provided, shall not be affected or extended in any manner by the failure of such stockholder or such director to receive such notice.

(g) NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any

22

action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(h) NOTICE TO PERSON WITH UNDELIVERABLE ADDRESS. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any stockholder to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of the taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve-month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at his address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth his then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to this paragraph.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 45. AMENDMENTS.

Subject to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of the Bylaws, the Bylaws may be altered or amended or new Bylaws adopted by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock. The Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

SECTION 46. LOANS TO OFFICERS. The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of

23

the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I.         OFFICES...........................................1

     Section 1.      Registered Office...............................1
     Section 2.      Other Offices...................................1

ARTICLE II.        CORPORATE SEAL....................................1

     Section 3.      Corporate Seal..................................1

ARTICLE III.       STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS............................1

     Section 4.      Place of Meetings...............................1
     Section 5.      Annual Meeting..................................1
     Section 6.      Special Meetings................................3
     Section 7.      Notice of Meetings..............................4
     Section 8.      Quorum..........................................4
     Section 9.      Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings....5
     Section 10.     Voting Rights...................................5
     Section 11.     Joint Owners of Stock...........................5
     Section 12.     List of Stockholders............................5
     Section 13.     Action Without Meeting..........................6
     Section 14.     Organization....................................6

ARTICLE IV.        DIRECTORS.........................................7

     Section 15.     Number and Term of Office.......................7
     Section 16.     Powers..........................................7
     Section 17.     Classes of Directors............................7
     Section 18.     Vacancies.......................................7
     Section 19.     Resignation.....................................8
     Section 20.     Removal.........................................8
     Section 21.     Meetings........................................8
           (a)       Annual Meetings.................................8
           (b)       Regular Meetings................................8
           (c)       Special Meetings................................8
           (d)       Telephone Meetings..............................8
           (e)       Notice of Meetings..............................9
           (f)       Waiver of Notice................................9


     Section 22.     Quorum and Voting...............................9
     Section 23.     Action Without Meeting..........................9


TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

                                                                   PAGE
     Section 24.     Fees and Compensation.......................... 9
     Section 25.     Committees.....................................10

            (a)      Executive Committee............................10
            (b)      Other Committees...............................10
            (c)      Term...........................................10
            (d)      Meetings.......................................11

     Section 26.     Organization...................................11

ARTICLE V.         OFFICERS.........................................11

     Section 27.     Officers Designated............................11
     Section 28.     Tenure and Duties of Officers..................12

            (a)      General........................................12
            (b)      Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors...12
            (c)      Duties of Chief Executive Officer..............12
            (d)      Duties of President............... ............12
            (e)      Duties of Vice Presidents......................12
            (f)      Duties of Secretary............................12
            (g)      Duties of Chief Financial Officer..............13

     Section 29.     Delegation of Authority........................13
     Section 30.     Resignations...................................13
     Section 31.     Removal........................................13

ARTICLE VI.        EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING
                   OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION...........13

     Section 32.     Execution of Corporate Instruments.............13
     Section 33.     Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation..14

ARTICLE VII.       SHARES OF STOCK..................................14
ARTICLE VIII.      OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION..............16
ARTICLE IX.        DIVIDENDS........................................17
ARTICLE X.         FISCAL YEAR......................................17
ARTICLE XI.        INDEMNIFICATION..................................17
ARTICLE XII.       NOTICES...................................... ...20
ARTICLE XIII.      AMENDMENTS.......................................22
ARTICLE XIV.       LOANS TO OFFICERS................................22

ii

EXHIBIT 10.1

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is effective as of the ___ day of _____________, 199__, by and between EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and _______________________ ("Indemnitee").

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company and its related entities;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and the advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the Company's directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited; and

WHEREAS, in view of the considerations set forth above, the Company desires that Indemnitee shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the Company as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee's continued service to the Company after the date hereof, the parties hereby agree as set forth below:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Change in Control" shall mean, and shall be deemed to have occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities (as defined below), (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two- thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

1.


(b) "Claim" shall mean with respect to a Covered Event (as defined below): any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other.

(c) References to the "Company" shall include, in addition to Evolving Systems, Inc., any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which Evolving Systems, Inc. (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(d) "Covered Event" shall mean any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity.

(e) "Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including upon appeal), or preparing to defend, to be a witness in or to participate in, any action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), actually and reasonably incurred, of any Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement.

(f) "Expense Advance" shall mean a payment to Indemnitee pursuant to
Section 3 of Expenses in advance of the settlement of or final judgment in any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation which constitutes a Claim.

(g) "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d) hereof, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

(h) References to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Company" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or its beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Company" as referred to in this Agreement.

2.


(i) "Reviewing Party" shall mean, subject to the provisions of Section
2(d), any person or body appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law to review the Company's obligations hereunder and under applicable law, which may include a member or members of the Company' s Board of Directors, Independent Legal Counsel or any other person or body not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification.

(j) "Section" refers to a section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

(k) "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) Indemnification of Expenses. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Claim (whether by reason of or arising in part out of a Covered Event), including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses.

(b) Review of Indemnification Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Reviewing Party shall have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which Independent Legal Counsel is the Reviewing Party) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law, (i) the Company shall have no further obligation under Section 2(a) to make any payments to Indemnitee not made prior to such determination by such Reviewing Party, and (ii) the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law, any determination made by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expenses shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

(c) Indemnitee Rights on Unfavorable Determination; Binding Effect. If any Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by such Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and, subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Absent such litigation, any determination by any Reviewing Party shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

(d) Selection of Reviewing Party; Change in Control. If there has not been a Change in Control, any Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), any Reviewing Party with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification of Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, or under any other applicable law, if desired by Indemnitee, shall be Independent Legal Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the

3.


Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to pay Expenses of more than one Independent Legal Counsel in connection with all matters concerning a single Indemnitee, and such Independent Legal Counsel shall be the Independent Legal Counsel for any or all other Indemnitees unless (i) the Company otherwise determines or (ii) any Indemnitee shall provide a written statement setting forth in detail a reasonable objection to such Independent Legal Counsel representing other Indemnitees.

(e) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement other than Section 10 hereof, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any Claim, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

3. EXPENSE ADVANCES.

(a) Obligation to Make Expense Advances. The Company shall make Expense Advances to Indemnitee upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified therefor by the Company.

(b) Form of Undertaking. Any written undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay any Expense Advances hereunder shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

(c) Determination of Reasonable Expense Advances. The parties agree that for the purposes of any Expense Advance for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such Expense Advance that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee's counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable.

4. PROCEDURES FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND EXPENSE ADVANCES.

(a) Timing of Payments. All payments of Expenses (including without limitation Expense Advances) by the Company to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as practicable after written demand by Indemnitee therefor is presented to the Company, but in no event later than forty-five (45) business days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company, except in the case of Expense Advances, which shall be made no later than twenty (20) business days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company.

(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee's right to be indemnified or Indemnitee's right to receive Expense Advances under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing within twenty-five (25) business days after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of any Claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's power.

4.


(c) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by this Agreement or applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of any Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement or applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee's claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief. In connection with any determination by any Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(d) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of a Claim pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect which may cover such Claim, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Claim in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(e) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the Expenses of any Claim, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company's election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Claim; provided, however, that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee's separate counsel in any such Claim at Indemnitee's expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Claim, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's separate counsel shall be Expenses for which Indemnitee may receive indemnification or Expense Advances hereunder.

5. ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS; NONEXCLUSIVITY.

(a) Scope. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company's certificate of incorporation, the Company's bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties' rights and obligations hereunder except as set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.

(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification and the payment of Expense Advances provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the

5.


Company's certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, any other agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise. The indemnification and the payment of Expense Advances provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though subsequent thereto Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity.

6. NO DUPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, provision of the Company's certificate of incorporation, bylaws or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable hereunder.

7. PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses incurred in connection with any Claim, but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

8. MUTUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company's right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

9. LIABILITY INSURANCE. To the extent the Company maintains liability insurance applicable to directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are provided to the most favorably insured of the Company's directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company's officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or of the Company's key employees, agents or fiduciaries, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee, agent or fiduciary.

10. EXCEPTIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Excluded Action or Omissions. To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses resulting from acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or applicable law; provided, however, that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this
Section 10(a) regarding the Company's obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has engaged in acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or applicable law.

(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or make Expense Advances to Indemnitee with respect to Claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, counterclaim or crossclaim, except (i) with respect to actions or proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Covered Events, (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such Claim, or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; and insurance), regardless of

6.


whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(c) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any action instituted (i) by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court having jurisdiction over such action determines as provided in Section 13 that each of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous, or (ii) by or in the name of the Company to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court having jurisdiction over such action determines as provided in Section 13 that each of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made in bad faith or was frivolous.

(d) Claims under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute; provided, however, that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this Section 10(d) regarding the Company's obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has violated said statute.

(e) Payment under Insurance Policy. To indemnify Indemnitee for payment which actually is made to Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy, except in respect of any excess beyond payment under such insurance.

11. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

12. BINDING EFFECT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary (as applicable) of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.

13. EXPENSES INCURRED IN ACTION RELATING TO ENFORCEMENT OR INTERPRETATION. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action (including without limitation attorneys' fees), regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous; provided, however, that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including without limitation costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee's counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action),

7.


unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made in bad faith or was frivolous; provided, however, that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action.

14. NOTICE. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and signed for by the party addressed, on the date of such delivery, or
(ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date postmarked. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or as subsequently modified by written notice.

15. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be commenced, prosecuted and continued only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, which shall be the exclusive and only proper forum for adjudicating such a claim.

16. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

17. CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement, and all rights, remedies, liabilities, powers and duties of the parties to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

18. SUBROGATION. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

20. INTEGRATION AND ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.

21. NO CONSTRUCTION AS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities.

22. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right Indemnitee might have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the

8.


Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.

23. HEADINGS. The headings of the Sections are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

9.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:
Address: Evolving Systems, Inc.
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, CO 80155

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED

Indemnitee

By:

Name:
Title:

10.


================================================================================

       Indemnitee                                       Title
================================================================================
George A. Hallenbeck    Chairman of the Board of Directors
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J. Richard Abramson     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jeffrey J. Finn         Senior Vice President and General Manager of Product
                        Development and Distribution
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James M. Ross           Senior Vice President and General Manager of Services
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David J. Molny          Vice President, Chief Technical Officer and Director
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Roger A. Barnes         Senior Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial
                        Officer, and Assistant Secretary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Terry Porter            Vice President of Sales and Sales Support
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anita T. Moseley        Vice President of Legal Services, General Counsel and
                        Secretary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marilu C. Crosby        Vice President of Human Resources
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert M. Gahan         Vice President of Corporate Development
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Donald R. Dixon         Director
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harry B. Fair           Director
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert J. Loarie        Director
================================================================================

Board Minutes, December 16, 1997 11 Confidential


Exhibit 10.3

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN OFFERING

ADOPTED DECEMBER 16, 1997

1. GRANT; OFFERING DATE.

(A) The Board of Directors of EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC. (the "Company"), pursuant to the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan"), hereby authorizes the grant of rights to purchase shares of the common stock of the Company ("Common Stock") to all Eligible Employees (an "Offering"). Subject to earlier termination in accordance with subsection 1(b) below, THE FIRST OFFERING SHALL COMMENCE ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE
COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND END ON JUNE 30, 1998 (the "Initial Offering"). Thereafter, an Offering shall begin on every July 1 and January 1 until revised or terminated by the Board, beginning with July 1, 1998, and each such Offering shall end on the day prior to the next Offering Date. The first day of an Offering is that Offering's "Offering Date." If an Offering Date does not fall on a day during which the Common Stock is actively traded, then the Offering Date shall be the next succeeding day during which the Common Stock is actively traded.

(B) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event that the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on any Purchase Date (as defined herein) during an Offering is less than the fair market value on the Offering Date of the Offering, then following the purchase of Common Stock on such Purchase Date
(i) the Offering shall terminate, (ii) a new Offering shall commence on the day following the Purchase Date that shall extend for two (2) years, and (iii) participants shall automatically be enrolled in the new Offering.

(C) Prior to the commencement of any Offering, the Board of Directors (or the Committee described in subparagraph 2(c) of the Plan, if any) may change any or all terms of such Offering and any subsequent Offerings. The granting of rights pursuant to each Offering hereunder shall occur on each respective Offering Date unless, prior to such date (a) the Board of Directors (or such Committee) determines that such Offering shall not occur, or (b) no shares remain available for issuance under the Plan in connection with the Offering.

2. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES.

(D) All employees of the Company and each of its Affiliates (as defined in the Plan) incorporated in the United States, shall be granted rights to purchase Common Stock under each Offering on the Offering Date of such Offering, provided that each such employee otherwise meets the employment requirements of subparagraph 5(a) of the Plan (an "Eligible Employee"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following employees shall not be Eligible Employees or be granted rights under an Offering: (i) part-time or seasonal employees whose customary employment is less than 20 hours per week or 5 months per calendar year or (ii) 5% stockholders (including ownership through unexercised options) described in subparagraph 5(c) of the Plan.

(E) Each person who first becomes an Eligible Employee during any Offering, receive a right under such Offering, which right shall thereafter be deemed to be a part of the Offering. Such right shall have the same characteristics as any rights originally granted under the Offering except that:

(I) the date on which such right is granted (i.e., the date an employee first becomes eligible to commence participation in the Plan) shall be the "Offering Date" of such right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such right; and

1.


(II) the Offering for such right shall begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of the ongoing Offering.

3. RIGHTS.

(F) Subject to the limitations contained herein and in the Plan, on each Offering Date each Eligible Employee shall be granted the right to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable with up to fifteen percent (15%) of such Eligible Employee's Earnings paid during such Offering after the Eligible Employee first commences participation; provided, however, that no employee may purchase Common Stock on a particular Purchase Date that would result in more than fifteen percent (15%) of such employee's Earnings in the period from the Offering Date to such Purchase Date having been applied to purchase shares under all ongoing Offerings under the Plan and all other Company plans intended to qualify as "employee stock purchase plans" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). For this Offering, "Earnings" means the total compensation paid to an employee, including all salary, wages (including amounts elected to be deferred by the employee, that would otherwise have been paid, under any cash or deferred arrangement established by the Company), variable pay, overtime pay, commissions, bonuses, and other remuneration paid directly to the employee, but excluding profit sharing, the cost of employee benefits paid for by the Company, education or tuition reimbursements, imputed income arising under any Company group insurance or benefit program, traveling expenses, business and moving expense reimbursements, income received in connection with stock options, contributions made by the Company under any employee benefit plan, and similar items of compensation.

(G) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock an Eligible Employee may purchase on any Purchase Date in an Offering shall be such number of shares as has a fair market value (determined as of the Offering Date for such Offering) equal to (x) $25,000 multiplied by the number of calendar years in which the right under such Offering has been outstanding at any time, minus (y) the fair market value of any other shares of Common Stock (determined as of the relevant Offering Date with respect to such shares) which, for purposes of the limitation of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, are attributed to any of such calendar years in which the right is outstanding. The amount in clause (y) of the previous sentence shall be determined in accordance with regulations applicable under Section 423(b)(8) of the Code based on (i) the number of shares previously purchased with respect to such calendar years pursuant to such Offering or any other Offering under the Plan, or pursuant to any other Company plans intended to qualify as "employee stock purchase plans" under Section 423 of the Code, and (ii) the number of shares subject to other rights outstanding on the Offering Date for such Offering pursuant to the Plan or any other such Company plan.

(H) The maximum aggregate number of shares available to be purchased by all Eligible Employees under an Offering shall be the number of shares remaining available under the Plan on the Offering Date. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of rights granted under the Offering would exceed the maximum aggregate number of shares available, the Board shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in a uniform and equitable manner.

4. PURCHASE PRICE.

The purchase price of the Common Stock under the Offering shall be the lesser of eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date (or eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the first day on which the Company's Common Stock is actively traded that immediately follows the Offering Date if an Offering Date does not fall on a day during which the Company's Common Stock is actively traded) or eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date (or eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the first day on which the Company's Common Stock is actively traded that immediately precedes the Purchase Date if a Purchase Date does not fall on a day during which the Company's Common Stock is actively traded), in each case rounded up to the nearest whole cent per share.

2.


5. PARTICIPATION.

(I) An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering at the beginning of any Offering. An Eligible Employee shall become a participant in an Offering by delivering an agreement authorizing payroll deductions. Such deductions may be in whole dollars or whole percentages not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Earnings. A participant may not make additional payments into his or her account. The agreement shall be made on such enrollment form as the Company provides, and must be delivered to the Company before the date of participation to be effective for such Offering, as determined by the Company and communicated to Eligible Employees.

(J) A participant may increase or reduce (including to zero) his or her participation level effective as of the beginning of any Offering. Any such change in participation shall be made by delivering a notice to the Company or a designated Affiliate in such form and at such time as the Company provides. In addition, a participant may change his or her deductions prior to the beginning of a new Offering to be effective at the beginning of such new Offering. A participant may withdraw from an Offering and receive his or her accumulated payroll deductions from the Offering (reduced to the extent, if any, such deductions have been used to acquire Common Stock for the participant on any prior Purchase Dates), without interest, at any time prior to the end of the Offering, excluding only each ten (10) day period immediately preceding a Purchase Date (or such shorter period of time determined by the Company and communicated to participants), by delivering a withdrawal notice to the Company in such form as the Company provides. A participant who has withdrawn from an Offering shall not be entitled to again participate in such Offering, but may participate in other Offerings under the Plan by submitting a new participation agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

6. PURCHASES.

Subject to the limitations contained herein, on each Purchase Date, each participant's accumulated payroll deductions (without any increase for interest) shall be applied to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares permitted under the Plan and the Offering. "Purchase Date" shall be defined as each June 30 and December 31 (except that December 31, 1997 shall not constitute a Purchase Date). If a Purchase Date does not fall on a day during which the Common Stock is actively traded then the Purchase Date shall be the nearest prior day on which the Common Stock is actively traded.

7. NOTICES AND AGREEMENTS.

Any notices or agreements provided for in an Offering or the Plan shall be given in writing, in a form provided by the Company, and unless specifically provided for in the Plan or this Offering shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices and agreements delivered by the Company, five
(5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

8. EXERCISE CONTINGENT ON STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

The rights granted under an Offering are subject to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders as required for the Plan to obtain treatment as a tax- qualified employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code.

9. OFFERING SUBJECT TO PLAN.

Each Offering is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, and its provisions are hereby made a part of the Offering, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of an Offering and those of the Plan (including interpretations, amendments, rules and

3.


regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan), the provisions of the Plan shall control.

4.


EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON DECEMBER 16, 1997
APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS ON ________________, 1997

1. PURPOSE.

(A) The purpose of this Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") is to provide a means by which employees of EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and its Affiliates, as defined in subparagraph
1(b), which are designated as provided in subparagraph 2(b), may be given an opportunity to purchase stock of the Company.

(B) The word "Affiliate" as used in the Plan means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

(C) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of its employees, to secure and retain the services of new employees, and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company.

(D) The Company intends that the rights to purchase stock of the Company granted under the Plan be considered options issued under an "employee stock purchase plan" as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(E) The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company. The Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, all powers possessed by the Board, subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the foregoing, the Board shall have full power and authority to take any action that may be taken by the Committee hereunder.

(F) The Board or the Committee shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(I) To determine when and how rights to purchase stock of the Company shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

(II) To designate from time to time which Affiliates of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(III) To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board or the Committee, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(IV) To amend the Plan as provided in paragraph 13.

1.


(V) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board or the Committee deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Affiliates and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of
Section 423 of the Code.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(G) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 12 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, the stock that may be sold pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND (500,000) shares of the Company's common stock (the "Common Stock"). If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Common Stock not purchased under such right shall again become available for the Plan.

(H) The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

4. GRANT OF RIGHTS; OFFERING.

The Board or the Committee may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Common Stock of the Company under the Plan to eligible employees (an "Offering") on a date or dates (the "Offering Date(s)") selected by the Board or the Committee. Each Offering shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee shall deem appropriate, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all employees granted rights to purchase stock under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering shall include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering shall be effective, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27) months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in paragraphs 5 through 8, inclusive.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

(I) Rights may be granted only to employees of the Company or, as the Board or the Committee may designate as provided in subparagraph 2(b), to employees of any Affiliate of the Company. Except as provided in subparagraph 5(b), an employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall not be eligible to be granted rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such employee has been in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate for such continuous period preceding such grant as the Board or the Committee may require, but in no event shall the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two (2) years. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee and set forth in the terms of the applicable Offering, no employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall be eligible to be granted rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such employee's customary employment with the Company or such Affiliate is for at least twenty (20) hours per week and at least five (5) months per calendar year.

(J) The Board or the Committee may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an eligible employee of the Company or designated Affiliate will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an eligible employee or occurs thereafter, receive a right under that Offering, which right shall thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such right shall have the same characteristics as any rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(VI) the date on which such right is granted shall be the "Offering Date" of such right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such right;

2.


(VII) the period of the Offering with respect to such right shall begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(VIII) the Board or the Committee may provide that if such person first becomes an eligible employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any right under that Offering.

(K) No employee shall be eligible for the grant of any rights under the Plan if, immediately after any such rights are granted, such employee owns stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate. For purposes of this subparagraph 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of any employee, and stock which such employee may purchase under all outstanding rights and options shall be treated as stock owned by such employee.

(L) An eligible employee may be granted rights under the Plan only if such rights, together with any other rights granted under "employee stock purchase plans" of the Company and any Affiliates, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee's rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Affiliate to accrue at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) of fair market value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(M) Officers of the Company and any designated Affiliate shall be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan, provided, however, that the Board or the Committee may provide in an Offering that certain employees who are highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code shall not be eligible to participate.

6. RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(N) On each Offering Date, each eligible employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, shall be granted the right to purchase up to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company purchasable with a percentage designated by the Board or the Committee not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of such employee's Earnings (as defined in subparagraph 7(a)) during the period which begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board or the Committee determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date shall be no later than the end of the Offering. The Board or the Committee shall establish one or more dates during an Offering (the "Purchase Date(s)") on which rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised and purchases of Common Stock carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(O) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board or the Committee may specify a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any employee as well as a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all eligible employees pursuant to such Offering. In addition, in connection with each Offering that contains more than one Purchase Date, the Board or the Committee may specify a maximum aggregate number of shares which may be purchased by all eligible employees on any given Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares upon exercise of rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, the Board or the Committee shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as nearly a uniform manner as shall be practicable and as it shall deem to be equitable.

(P) The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be not less than the lesser of:

(IX) an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the stock on the Offering Date; or

3.


(X) an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of the stock on the Purchase Date.

7. PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(Q) An eligible employee may become a participant in the Plan pursuant to an Offering by delivering a participation agreement to the Company within the time specified in the Offering, in such form as the Company provides. Each such agreement shall authorize payroll deductions of up to the maximum percentage specified by the Board or the Committee of such employee's Earnings during the Offering. "Earnings" is defined as an employee's regular salary or wages (including amounts thereof elected to be deferred by the employee, that would otherwise have been paid, under any arrangement established by the Company intended to comply with Section 401(k), Section 402(e)(3), Section 125, Section
402(h), or Section 403(b) of the Code, and also including any deferrals under a non-qualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement established by the Company), and may include, if determined by the Board or the Committee and set forth in the terms of the Offering, all of the following items of compensation:
bonuses, commissions, overtime pay, incentive pay, profit sharing, or other remuneration (excluding fringe benefits) paid directly to the employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Earnings shall not include the cost of employee benefits paid for by the Company or an Affiliate, education or tuition reimbursements, imputed income arising under any group insurance or benefit program, traveling expenses, business and moving expense reimbursements, income received in connection with stock options, contributions made by the Company or an Affiliate under any employee benefit plan, and similar items of compensation, as determined by the Board or the Committee. The payroll deductions made for each participant shall be credited to an account for such participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. A participant may reduce (including to zero) or increase such payroll deductions, and an eligible employee may begin such payroll deductions, after the beginning of any Offering only as provided for in the Offering. A participant may make additional payments into his or her account only if specifically provided for in the Offering and only if the participant has not had the maximum amount withheld during the Offering.

(R) At any time during an Offering, a participant may terminate his or her payroll deductions under the Plan and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a notice of withdrawal in such form as the Company provides. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of the Offering except as provided by the Board or the Committee in the Offering. Upon such withdrawal from the Offering by a participant, the Company shall distribute to such participant all of his or her accumulated payroll deductions (reduced to the extent, if any, such deductions have been used to acquire stock for the participant) under the Offering, without interest, and such participant's right to acquire Common Stock under that Offering shall be automatically terminated. A participant's withdrawal from an Offering will have no effect upon such participant's eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan but such participant will be required to deliver a new participation agreement in order to participate in subsequent Offerings under the Plan.

(S) Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan shall terminate immediately upon cessation of a participant's employment with the Company and any designated Affiliate, for any reason, and the Company shall distribute to such terminated employee all of his or her accumulated payroll deductions (reduced to the extent, if any, such deductions have been used to acquire stock for the terminated employee), under the Offering, without interest.

(T) Rights granted under the Plan shall not be transferable by a participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or by a beneficiary designation as provided in paragraph 14, and during a participant's lifetime, shall be exercisable only by such participant.

4.


8. EXERCISE.

(U) On each Purchase Date specified in the relevant Offering, each participant's accumulated payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering (without any increase for interest) will be applied to the purchase of whole shares of stock of the Company, up to the maximum number of shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. Unless otherwise provided for in the applicable Offering, no fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan. The amount, if any, of accumulated payroll deductions remaining in each participant's account after the purchase of shares which is less than the amount required to purchase one share of stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering shall be held in each such participant's account for the purchase of shares under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such participant withdraws from such next Offering, as provided in subparagraph 7(b), or is no longer eligible to be granted rights under the Plan, as provided in paragraph 5, in which case such amount shall be distributed to the participant after such final Purchase Date, without interest. The amount, if any, of accumulated payroll deductions remaining in any participant's account on the final Purchase Date of an Offering after the purchase of shares which is equal to or in excess of the value of one whole share of common stock shall be distributed in full to the participant after such Purchase Date, without interest.

(V) No rights granted under the Plan may be exercised to any extent unless the shares to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan (including rights granted thereunder) are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date in any Offering hereunder the Plan is not so registered or in such compliance, no rights granted under the Plan or any Offering shall be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date shall be delayed until the Plan is subject to such an effective registration statement and such compliance, except that the Purchase Date shall not be delayed more than twelve (12) months and the Purchase Date shall in no event be more than twenty-seven (27) months from the Offering Date. If on the Purchase Date of any Offering hereunder, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the Plan is not registered and in such compliance, no rights granted under the Plan or any Offering shall be exercised and all payroll deductions accumulated during the Offering (reduced to the extent, if any, such deductions have been used to acquire stock) shall be distributed to the participants, without interest.

9. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(W) During the terms of the rights granted under the Plan, the Company shall at all times keep available as authorized but unissued shares that number of shares of stock required to satisfy such rights.

(X) The Company shall seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to issue and sell shares of stock upon exercise of the rights granted under the Plan. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such rights unless and until such authority is obtained.

10. USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

Proceeds from the sale of stock to participants pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

5.


11. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

A participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to rights granted under the Plan unless and until the participant's shares acquired upon exercise of rights hereunder are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

12. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

(Y) If any change is made in the stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any rights granted under the Plan (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan and outstanding rights will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of shares subject to the Plan and the class(es) and number of shares and price per share of stock subject to outstanding rights. Such adjustments shall be made by the Board or the Committee, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a "transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company.")

(Z) In the event of: (1) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (2)
a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation;
(3) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise; or (4) the acquisition by any person, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any comparable successor provisions (excluding any employee benefit plan, or related trust, sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or comparable successor rule) of securities of the Company representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors, then, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion (i) any surviving or acquiring corporation may assume outstanding rights or substitute similar rights for those under the Plan, (ii) such rights may continue in full force and effect, or (iii) participants' accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Common Stock immediately prior to the transaction described above and the participants' rights under the ongoing Offering terminated.

13. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

(AA) The Board or the Committee at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in paragraph 12 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the adoption of the amendment if such amendment requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to obtain employee stock purchase plan treatment under Section 423 of the Code or to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(BB) The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan in any respect the Board or the Committee deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to employee stock purchase plans and/or to bring the Plan and/or rights granted under it into compliance therewith.

(CC) Rights and obligations under any rights granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be altered or impaired by any amendment of the Plan, except with the consent of the person to whom such rights were granted, or except as necessary to comply with any laws or governmental regulations, or

6.


except as necessary to ensure that the Plan and/or rights granted under the Plan comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

14. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(DD) A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to the end of an Offering but prior to delivery to the participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death during an Offering.

(EE) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant at any time by written notice in the form prescribed by the Company. In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

15. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(FF) The Board or the Committee in its discretion, may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(GG) Rights and obligations under any rights granted while the Plan is in effect shall not be altered or impaired by suspension or termination of the Plan, except as expressly provided in the Plan or with the consent of the person to whom such rights were granted, or except as necessary to comply with any laws or governmental regulation, or except as necessary to ensure that the Plan and/or rights granted under the Plan comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

16. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board (the "Effective Date"), but no rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, which date may be prior to the Effective Date.

7.


EXHIBIT 10.4

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

Note And Warrant Purchase Agreement

MAY 31, 1996


1  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOAN; PURCHASE AND SALE OF WARRANTS.........  1

     1.1   The Loan....................................................  1
     1.2   Purchase and Sale of Warrants...............................  1

2  CLOSING.............................................................  1

     2.1   Closing Date................................................  1
     2.2   Delivery....................................................  1

3  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.......................  2

     3.1   Organization and Standing; Articles and Bylaws..............  2
     3.2   Corporate Power.............................................  2
     3.3   Subsidiaries................................................  2
     3.4   Capitalization..............................................  2
     3.5   Authorization...............................................  3
     3.6   Financial Statements........................................  3
     3.7   Title to Properties and Assets; Liens.......................  3
     3.8   No Changes..................................................  4
     3.9   Compliance with Other Instruments...........................  4
     3.10  Litigation..................................................  4
     3.11  Governmental Consents.......................................  4
     3.12  Disclosure..................................................  5
     3.13  Material Contracts and Commitments..........................  5
     3.14  Tax Returns and Payments....................................  5
     3.15  Registration Rights.........................................  5
     3.16  Contracts...................................................  5
     3.17  Broker's Fees...............................................  5
     3.18  Enforceability..............................................  5
     3.19  Approvals...................................................  6
     3.20  No Violation or Default.....................................  6
     3.21  Intellectual Property.......................................  6
     3.22  Governmental Permits........................................  7
     3.23  No Agreements to Sell Assets or Merge.......................  7
     3.24  Employee Benefit Plans......................................  7
     3.25  Other Regulations...........................................  8
     3.26  Solvency, etc...............................................  8
     3.27  Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes.........................  9
     3.28  Certain Agreements of Officers, Employees and Consultants...  9
     3.29  Contracts or Commitments; Indebtedness......................  9
     3.30  Transactions with Affiliates; Investments...................  9

4  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE LENDERS....................... 10

     4.1   Purchase for Own Account.................................... 10
     4.2   Information and Sophistication.............................. 10
     4.3   Ability to Bear Economic Risk............................... 10

i

     4.4   Restricted Securities; Limitation on Disposition............ 10
     4.5   Brokerage................................................... 11
     4.6   Reliance.................................................... 11

5  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING............................................... 11

     5.1   Representations and Warranties True......................... 11
     5.2   Authorization; Reservation of Shares........................ 11
     5.3   Registration Rights Agreement............................... 12
     5.4   Minimum Investment.......................................... 12
     5.5   Stock Transfer.............................................. 12
     5.6   Opinion..................................................... 12
     5.7   Amendment to Certificate.................................... 12
     5.8   Amendment to Bylaws......................................... 12
     5.9   Merrill Lynch............................................... 12
     5.10  Audit and Compensation Committee............................ 12

6  MISCELLANEOUS....................................................... 12

     6.1   Binding Agreement........................................... 12
     6.2   Governing Law............................................... 13
     6.3   Counterparts................................................ 13
     6.4   Titles and Subtitles........................................ 13
     6.5   Notices..................................................... 13
     6.6   Expenses.................................................... 13
     6.7   Modification; Waiver........................................ 13

SCHEDULE OF LENDERS

EXHIBIT A

Form of Senior Subordinated Promissory Note

EXHIBIT B

Form of Warrant to Purchase Non-Voting Common Stock

EXHIBIT C

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

EXHIBIT D

Amended and Restated Bylaws

EXHIBIT E

Registration Rights Agreement

EXHIBIT F

Proprietary Information Agreement

EXHIBIT G

ii

Opinion of Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum

iii

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT") is made as of the 31st day of May, 1996, by and among EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and the entities named on the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto (individually, a "LENDER" and collectively, the "Lenders").

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOAN; PURCHASE AND SALE OF WARRANTS

1.1 THE LOAN. Subject to the terms of this Agreement the Company shall borrow from each Lender and each Lender shall lend to the Company the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name on the Schedule of Lenders (the "LOAN AMOUNT") pursuant to a senior subordinated promissory note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "NOTE" or collectively, the "Notes"). The Loan Amounts are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "LOAN."

1.2 PURCHASE AND SALE OF WARRANTS. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Lender and each Lender will purchase, at a price of one cent ($.01) per warrant, warrants to purchase the number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock of the Company, set forth opposite such Lender's name on the Schedule of Lenders (the "WARRANT AMOUNT") for an aggregate of four hundred eighty-five thousand three hundred thirty-three (485,333) shares of Non-Voting Common Stock. Such warrants shall be in the form of Exhibit B hereto (individually, a "WARRANT" and collectively, the "WARRANTS") and shall be exercisable at an exercise price (subject to adjustment as set forth in the Warrant) of one dollar twenty cents ($1.20).

2 CLOSING

2.1 CLOSING DATE. The closing (the "CLOSING") hereunder shall be held at 10:00 a.m. at the offices of Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, 2595 Canyon Blvd., Suite 250, Boulder, Colorado 80302 on May 29, 1996 (the "CLOSING DATE") or such other date and time as the Company and the Lenders shall agree; provided, however, that the Closing Date shall be no later than May 31, 1996.

2.2 DELIVERY. At the Closing (i) each Lender will deliver to the Company wire transfer funds in the amount of its Loan Amount; and (ii) the Company shall deliver to each Lender a Note representing such Lender's Loan Amount and a Warrant representing such Lender's Warrant Amount.

1.


3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto, the Company hereby represents and warrants to each Lender in consideration of the Lender's purchase from the Company of the Warrants and Notes and Lender's purchase from the Transferors under the Stock Transfer Agreement of even date herewith of 1,337 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $5,000 per share as follows:

3.1 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING; ARTICLES AND BYLAWS. The Company is a corporation duly organized and existing under, and by virtue of, the laws of the State of Delaware and is in good standing under such laws. The Company has the requisite corporate power to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in Colorado, and no other qualification is presently required. The Company has furnished the Lenders with copies of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and its Bylaws, as amended, attached hereto as Exhibits C and D. Said copies are true, correct, and complete and contain all amendments through the Closing Date.

3.2 CORPORATE POWER. The Company will have at the Closing Date all requisite corporate power to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

3.3 SUBSIDIARIES. The Company has no subsidiaries or affiliated companies and does not otherwise own or control, directly or indirectly, any other corporation, association or business entity.

3.4 CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 2,420,000 shares are designated as Non-Voting Common Stock, of which 1,020,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and 1,508,160 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 8,160 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock (the "SERIES A PREFERRED") and 8,160 of which are issued and outstanding. All such issued and outstanding shares have been duly authorized, have been validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable. The Company has reserved 485,333 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants (the "WARRANT SHARES") and 500,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for issuance to employees, consultants and directors of the Company pursuant to the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "PLAN") as may be determined by the Company's Board of Directors from time to time (the "OPTION SHARES"), of which 272,417 shares are available for future option grants. The Company has reserved 4,080,000 shares of voting Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, 1,020,000 shares of voting Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Non-Voting Common Stock, 485,333 shares of voting Common Stock for conversion of the Warrant Shares and 500,000 shares of voting Common Stock for conversion of the Option Shares. The Series A Preferred will have at the Closing the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. There are no options, warrants,

2.


conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company except for (i) the Warrants, (ii) rights created under this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, (iii) conversion privileges with respect to the Series A Preferred, Non-Voting Common Stock, the Warrant Shares and Option Shares, (v) the rights of first refusal contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, and (vi) rights under the Plan. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Series A Preferred were issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws.

3.5 AUTHORIZATION. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors and its stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement by the Company and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder and thereunder, including the issuance and delivery of the Notes and Warrants and the reservation of the Non-Voting Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and the Warrants, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, the relief of debtors and, with respect to rights to indemnity, subject to federal and state securities laws. The Non-Voting Common Stock, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of any liens or encumbrances; provided, however, that the Non-Voting Common Stock may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or federal securities laws.

3.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Company has previously furnished to the Lenders (i) its audited balance sheet at December 31, 1995, and an audited statement of operations, statement of stockholders' equity, and statement of changes in financial position for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, (the "YEAR-END FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), and (ii) its unaudited balance sheets at January 31, 1996, February 29, 1996, March 31, 1996 and April 30, 1996 and unaudited statement of operations for the months ending January 31, 1996, February 29, 1996, March 31, 1996 and April 30, 1996 (the "INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Year-End Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements (collectively, the "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on consistent basis, are complete and correct in all material respects and fairly present the financial condition and the results of operations of the Company, except that the Interim Financial Statements do not contain footnotes and are subject to year-end audit adjustments, which are not expected to be material.

3.7 TITLE TO PROPERTIES AND ASSETS; LIENS. The Company has good and marketable title to its properties and assets that are material to its business as currently operated and all its leasehold interests are in full force and effect, in each case subject to no mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than (i) the lien of current taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) possible minor liens on real property and encumbrances that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the

3.


Company, and that have not arisen other than in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions.

3.8 NO CHANGES. Since April 30, 1996, there has not been any event or condition of any type that could have been known to the Company after due investigation that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, materially and adversely affected the Company's business, prospects, condition, affairs, operations, properties or assets, except as disclosed to the Lenders.

3.9 COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS. The Company is not, and will not be by virtue of entering into and performing this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, in violation of any term of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or its Bylaws or in any material respect of any term or provision of any material mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument, judgment or decree. The Company is not, and will not be by virtue of entering into and performing this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder, in violation of any order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, including the issuance of the Notes, the Warrants and the Non-Voting Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, have not resulted and will not result in any violation of or conflict with or constitute a material default under any material agreement to which the Company is a party, and have not resulted and will not result in the creation of any material mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company; and there is no such violation or default that materially and adversely affects the business of the Company or any of its properties or assets.

3.10 LITIGATION. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations that are pending against the Company or its properties before any court or governmental agency (nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is there any basis therefor or threat thereof) that either in any case or in the aggregate, (i) might result in any material adverse change in the business or financial condition of the Company or any of its properties or assets, (ii) might result in any material impairment of the right or ability of the Company to carry on its business as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted, (iii) might result in any material liability on the part of the Company, or (iv) questions the validity of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement or any action taken or to be taken in connection herewith or therewith. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of which the Company is aware, after reasonable inquiry, against any employee of the Company brought by a former employer (nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is there any basis therefor of threat thereof).

3.11 GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS. Based in part on the representations of the Lenders in Section 4, the offer, sale and issuance of the Notes and Warrants in conformity with the terms of this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "ACT") and will be in compliance with applicable state securities laws.

4.


3.12 DISCLOSURE. No representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any written statement or certificate furnished or to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (when read together) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3.13 MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND COMMITMENTS. All the material contracts, agreements and instruments to which the Company is a party are valid, binding and in full force and effect in all material respects.

3.14 TAX RETURNS AND PAYMENTS. The Company has filed all tax returns and reports as required by law or obtained extensions to such filing requirements. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects. The Company has paid all taxes and other assessments due. The provision for taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for taxes due or accrued as of the date thereof.

3.15 REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Except as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E (the "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT"), to be entered into at the Closing, the Company is not under any obligation to register under the Act any of its presently outstanding securities or any of its securities which may hereafter be issued.

3.16 CONTRACTS. The Company has no fixed price contracts in excess of $250,000 on which the revenues are expected to be less than the costs.

3.17 BROKER'S FEES. There are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders' fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon the Company except for the amounts owed to The Wallach Company, the cost of which will be borne by the Company.

3.18 ENFORCEABILITY.

(A) The Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Notes have been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by applicable laws and except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights, and subject to general equity principles and to limitations on availability of equitable relief, including specific performance.

(B) The Warrants have been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by applicable laws and except as enforceability may be subject to or limited by:
(a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or

5.


other similar laws affecting creditors' rights; (b) general equity principles and to limitations on availability of equitable relief, including specific performance; (c) limitations on the Company's ability to waive rights or benefits given by statute or otherwise; and (d) any other limitations, which in the event of a default by the Company in its obligations under the Agreement and the Notes would act as a limitation on the rights of the Lenders, each in accordance with Colorado law.

3.19 APPROVALS. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or other Person (including, without limitation, the stockholders of any Person) is required in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, Notes and Warrants and the performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.

3.20 NO VIOLATION OR DEFAULT. The Company is not in violation of or in default with respect to (i) its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or any material judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to such Person; (ii) any material mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument or contract to which such Person is a party or by which it is bound (nor is there any waiver in effect which, if not in effect, would result in such a violation or default), where, in each case, such violation or default, individually, or together with all such violations or defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (A) has not violated any Environmental Laws (as defined below), (B) has no liability under any Environmental Laws or (C) has not received notice or other communication of an investigation or is under investigation by any Governmental Authority having authority to enforce Environmental Laws, where such violation, liability or investigation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the Company. For purposes of this Section 3.20, "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all judgments, orders, writs, decrees, statutes, rules or regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including, without limitation, all judgments, orders, writs, decrees, statutes, rules or regulations, pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and remediation of emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of hazardous materials, chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes whether solid, liquid or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials, or wastes, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, which after the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing.

3.21 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. The Company has sufficient and valid right, title and ownership of all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, trade secrets, inventions and proprietary rights (collectively, "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTIES"), or licenses, rights or purchase options with respect to the foregoing, necessary for its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, or will be able to obtain on terms which will not materially and adversely affect its business all such necessary permits, licenses and other

6.


authority with respect thereto without any conflict with or infringement of the known or asserted rights of others. Item 3.21 of The Schedule of Exceptions, contains a complete list of Intellectual Properties owned or used by the Company. Neither the Company nor, to the Company's knowledge, any officer or management, technical or professional employee of the Company is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would conflict with the Company's business as conducted (or as proposed to be conducted) or, in the case of any such employee, such employee's right to be employed by the Company. The Company does not believe it is utilizing any inventions or proprietary ideas of any of its employees (or persons it currently intends to hire) made prior to their employment by the Company and which are known by the Company to be inventions of such employees or persons. All of the officers and management, technical or professional employees of the Company have executed an agreement containing assignment of invention and confidentiality covenants substantially in the form contained in the agreements attached hereto as Exhibit F; such agreements remain in full force and effect; and, to the Company's knowledge, none of such officers or management, technical or professional employees is in violation thereof.

3.22 GOVERNMENTAL PERMITS. The Company has obtained all governmental permits, authorizations, approvals and licenses known by the Company to be necessary for its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted and the absence of which would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the Company.

3.23 NO AGREEMENTS TO SELL ASSETS OR MERGE. The Company does not have any legal obligation, absolute or contingent, to any Person to sell the assets of the Company (other than sales in the ordinary course of business), or to effect any merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company or to enter into any agreement with respect thereto.

3.24 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

(A) The Company maintains two defined contribution employee pension plans as defined by Section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (as the same may be amended or supplemented, and including any rules or regulations intended in connection therewith, "ERISA"). The Company has no "ERISA Affiliate" which is treated as a single employer with the Company under section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"). Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability with respect to any post-retirement benefit under any Employee Benefit Plan which is a welfare plan (as defined in section 3(I) of ERISA), other than liability for health plan continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Title I(B) of ERISA, which liability for health plan continuation coverage cannot reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the company.

(B) To the best of the Company's knowledge, each Employee Benefit Plan complies, in both form and operation, in all material respects, with its terms, ERISA and the Code, and no condition exists or event has occurred with respect to any such Employee Benefit

7.


Plan which would result in the incurrence by either Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any material liability, fine or penalty. Each Employee Benefit Plan, related trust agreement, arrangement and commitment of Company or any ERISA Affiliate is legally valid and binding and in full force and effect. No Employee Benefit Plan is being audited or investigated by any governmental authority or is subject to any pending or threatened claim or suit. Neither Company nor any ERISA Affiliate nor any fiduciary of any Employee Benefit Plan has engaged in a prohibited transaction under sections 406 or 407 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code (other than transactions which are otherwise exempt under either Section 408 of ERISA or 4975(d) of the Code). The Company restated its Money Purchase Pension Plan and 401(k) Plan effective March 1, 1996. On May 9, 1996, the Company submitted requests for determination letters respecting both the Money Purchase Pension Plan and the 401(k) Plan to the Internal Revenue Service, pursuant to Rev. Proc. 93-39. Such requests are currently pending. The Company does not anticipate any material difficulties in securing appropriate determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the Money Purchase Pension Plan and the 401(k) Plan.

(C) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate (i) has incurred or expects to incur any liability under Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, or (ii) contributes to any multiemployer plan within the meaning of ERISA (a "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN"). Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability (including secondary liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan under section 4201 of ERISA or as a result of a sale of assets described in section 4204 of ERISA. Neither Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or insolvent under and within the meaning of section 4241 or section 4245 of ERISA or that any Multiemployer Plan intends to terminate or has been terminated under section 4041A of ERISA.

3.25 OTHER REGULATIONS. The Company is not subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any state public utilities code or to any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

3.26 SOLVENCY, ETC. The Company is Solvent (as defined below) and, after the execution and delivery of the Agreement, Note and Warrants and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, Company will be Solvent. "SOLVENT" shall mean that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about in business or a transaction, for which such Person's property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

8.


3.27 CATASTROPHIC EVENTS; LABOR DISPUTES. Neither the Company nor any of its properties is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the company. There are no disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which the Company is a party, and there are not strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the company.

3.28 CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND CONSULTANTS.

(A) No officer, employee or consultant of the Company is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement, nondisclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement, or any other contract or agreement with the Company or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any restrictive covenant relating to the right of any such officer, employee or consultant to be employed by the Company because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by Company or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, and to the best of Company's knowledge, after due inquiry, the continued employment of Company's officers, employees and consultants do not subject the Company to any liability for any claim or claims arising out of or in connection with any such contract, agreement or covenant.

(B) To the knowledge of the Company, no officers of the Company, and no employee or consultant of the Company whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the Company, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company.

3.29 CONTRACTS OR COMMITMENTS; INDEBTEDNESS. Neither the Company nor any of its properties is subject to any material judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation, or any material mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument or contract which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of the company. Except for this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and the Warrants, and except as set forth in Item 3.29 of the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company is not a party to any contracts or commitments (or group of related contracts or commitments) involving an obligation of the Company for more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions and the Existing Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 1 of the Note, the Company has no indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations or guarantees.

3.30 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES; INVESTMENTS. There are no loans, leases, royalty agreements or other continuing transactions between the Company and any affiliate of the

9.


Company, except transactions in the ordinary course of business and on terms at least as favorable to the Company as would be the case in an arms-length transaction with an unaffiliated person. Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company has no investments in other entities and has made no extensions of credit to other entities.

4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE LENDERS

4.1 PURCHASE FOR OWN ACCOUNT. Each Lender represents that it is acquiring the Notes, the Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Warrants and the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (collectively, the "SECURITIES") for investment and not for sale or with a view to distribution of the Securities or any part thereof, has no present intention of selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Each Lender also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interest of the Notes and Warrants it is acquiring is being acquired for the account of the Lender only and neither in whole nor in part for any other person, and that any transfer of the Securities will be made in compliance with the Act, the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and all other applicable securities laws.

4.2 INFORMATION AND SOPHISTICATION. Each Lender acknowledges that it has received all the information it has requested from the Company and considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Notes and Warrants. Each Lender represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes and Warrants and to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of the information given the Lender. Each Lender further represents that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of this investment.

4.3 ABILITY TO BEAR ECONOMIC RISK. Each Lender acknowledges that investment in the Notes and Warrants involves a high degree of risk, and represents that it is able, without materially impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment. Each Lender acknowledges that it is either an "accredited investor" as that term is defined in Section 2(15) of the Act and the rules promulgated thereunder and, in particular, Regulation 230.501(a), or an experienced venture capital investor.

4.4 RESTRICTED SECURITIES; LIMITATION ON DISPOSITION.

(A) Each Lender understands that the Securities it is purchasing are characterized as "Restricted Securities" under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited sets of circumstances. In this connection, each Lender represents that it is familiar with Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144 ("RULE 144"), as presently in effect.

(B) Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender agrees that it will in no event make any disposition of any of the Securities unless:

10.


(I) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement; or

(II) Such disposition is made in accordance with Rule 144; or

(III) The Lender shall have notified the Company of the pertinent details of the proposed disposition and, if the Company so reasonably requests, shall have provided the Company with an opinion of counsel for the Lender to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of the Securities under the Act, and such opinion of counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company's counsel.

(C) Each Lender understands that the Company's stock transfer records will be noted to reflect the restrictions on transferability of the Securities contained herein and that certificates evidencing the Securities may bear one or more of the following legends:

(I) "The securities represented hereby have not been registered under the Act". Any transfer of such securities will be invalid unless (1) a Registration Statement under the Act is in effect as to such transfer, (2) such transfer is made in compliance with Rule 144 under the Act, or (3) in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company registration under the Act is unnecessary in order for such transfer to comply with the Act."

(II) Any legend imposed or required pursuant to applicable state securities law.

4.5 BROKERAGE. There are no claims for brokerage commissions, finders' fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon the Company except for the amounts owed to The Wallach Company, the cost of which will be borne by the Company.

4.6 RELIANCE. The Company may rely on the representations made by the Lenders under the Stock Transfer Agreement of even date herewith.

5 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

The Company's obligation to sell and issue and the Lenders' obligation to purchase the Notes and Warrants at the Closing is the subject to the following conditions:

5.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE. The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3 and of the Lenders set forth in
Section 4 shall be true at and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made at and as of the Closing.

5.2 AUTHORIZATION; RESERVATION OF SHARES. All corporate action on the part of the Company and its officers, directors, and stockholders that is necessary for the authorization, execution, and delivery of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement by the

11.


Company, for the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder and thereunder and for the authorization, issuance and delivery of the Notes and Warrants and the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall have been taken. The four hundred eighty-five thousand three hundred thirty-three (485,333) shares of Non-Voting Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares shall each have been duly and validly reserved.

5.3 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT. The Company shall have granted such rights with respect to the Non-Voting Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants as are set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

5.4 MINIMUM INVESTMENT. The Lenders shall have tendered a minimum of $6,500,000 to purchase the Notes and $4,853.33 to purchase the Warrants.

5.5 STOCK TRANSFER. The Lenders shall have purchased an aggregate of 1,337 shares of Series A Preferred Stock from certain stockholders of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $6,685,000.

5.6 OPINION. The Lenders shall have received from Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, counsel to the Company, an opinion substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G, addressed to them, dated as the date of the Closing.

5.7 AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE. The Company shall have taken any and all actions necessary to cause the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to be amended and restated and such shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware.

5.8 AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS. The Company shall have taken any and all action necessary to cause the Company's Bylaws to be amended and restated so as to remove the provisions dealing with rights of first refusal.

5.9 MERRILL LYNCH. The Lenders shall have received satisfactory evidence that Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc. ("MLBFS") and the Company have amended the WCMA Note, Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 1994, as amended, and the term WCMA Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 28, 1995, between the Company and MLBFS to extend the maturity dates thereof by 90 days.

5.10 AUDIT AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEES. The Lenders shall have received satisfactory evidence of the organization of audit and compensation committees of the Board, each of which shall include the directors designated pursuant to
Section 6 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

6 MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 BINDING AGREEMENT. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights,

12.


remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

6.2 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Colorado as applied to agreements among Colorado residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Colorado.

6.3 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.4 TITLES AND SUBTITLES. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with a copy to the Vice President, Legal Services at 6892 S. Yosemite Street, Englewood, CO 80112, or to a Lender at its address shown on the Schedule of Lenders, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party.

6.6 EXPENSES. The Company shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, and the Company shall pay the attorneys fees of the Lenders up to $15,000 and out-of-pocket expenses with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement.

6.7 MODIFICATION; WAIVER. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to departure therefrom shall be effective unless in writing and approved by the holders of at least a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding.

13.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

BY:__________________________

LENDERS:

MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE CAPITAL FUND II, L.P.

By: Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P.
its General Partner
By: Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc. Managing General Partner

By: ___________________________________ Robert J. Loarie
Vice President

MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE CAPITAL FUND II, C.V.

By: Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P.
its General Partner
By: Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc. Managing General Partner

By: ___________________________________ Robert J. Loarie
Vice President

MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE INVESTORS, L.P.

By: Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P.
its General Partner
By: Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc. Managing General Partner

By: ___________________________________ Robert J. Loarie
Vice President

14.


INFORMATION ASSOCIATES, L.P.

By: TRIDENT CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.L.C., its general partner

By: ___________________________________

INFORMATION ASSOCIATES, C.V.

By: TRIDENT CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.L.C., its investment general partner

By: ____________________________________

15.


SCHEDULE OF LENDERS

NAME AND ADDRESS                                        LOAN AMOUNT        WARRANT AMOUNT
----------------                                        -----------        --------------
Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P.              $2,287,354.19               170,789

Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, C.V           $  569,880.17                42,551

Morgan Stanley Venture Investors, L.P.                $  593,656.81                44,326

Information Associates, L.P.                          $2,966,325.53               221,486

Information Associates, C.V.                          $   82,783.30                 6,181




EXHIBIT 10.5

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS PROMISSORY NOTE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SENIOR SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

$____________ May 31, 1996

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business located at 6892 S. Yosemite Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112 (the "BORROWER" or the "COMPANY") hereby promises to pay to the order of ("LENDER"), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of ($ ) (the "LOAN"), together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, payable on the dates and in the manner set forth below.

This Senior Subordinated Promissory Note (the "NOTE") is the Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 by and between Borrower and Lender (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the "NOTE AGREEMENT").

1. LOAN REPAYMENT. The outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall be due and payable in four equal annual payments beginning on June 1, 2000. Interest shall be payable on each December 1 and June 1, until the outstanding principal amount hereof is paid in full, commencing on December 1, 1996.

2. INTEREST RATE. Interest on the outstanding principal hereof from the date hereof until maturity shall be payable at the lower of the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum or the maximum rate permissible by law ( the "APPLICABLE RATE"). In the event that the amount of interest contracted for, charged or received from Borrower or otherwise in connection with the Loan evidenced hereby exceeds the Applicable Rate, then at Lender's option, such amount shall either be applied as a credit against any then unpaid amounts hereof or refunded to Borrower and the effective rate of interest will be automatically reduced to the Applicable Rate. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined), this Note shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permissible by law, whichever is less.

3. PLACE OF PAYMENT AND NOTICES. Payments of principal and interest are to be delivered to the holder of this Note at the following address: ___________ _________________________ or at such other address as such holder has specified by prior written notice to the Company. Notices by holders of Senior Indebtedness to

1.


the holder of this Note are to be delivered at the following address: __________ _________________________ or at such other address as such holder has specified by prior written notice to the holders of Senior Indebtedness. A copy of all notices relating to payments of principal and interest hereunder and all other notices are to be delivered to the Company as provided in the Note Agreement.

4. APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. Payment on this Note shall be applied first to costs of Lenders incurred in collection of this Note, if any, then to pay accrued interest, and thereafter to the outstanding principal balance hereof.

5. PREPAYMENT. Borrower may prepay the entire balance of principal owed under this Note in whole or in part together with interest on the principal amount prepaid, without paying any prepayment penalty. Borrower must prepay the entire balance of principal owed under this Note, together with any interest owing thereunder, upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Borrower's common stock, a merger in which Borrower's stockholders holding voting power immediately prior to the merger do not hold in excess of 50% of the voting power after the merger or a sale of all or substantially all of the Borrower's assets.

6. SUBORDINATED NOTE.

(A) GENERAL. The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and the Lender, by its acceptance hereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of any obligation in respect of this Note is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness, and that such subordination is for the benefit of and may be enforced by the holder(s) of Senior Indebtedness against the Company and any holders of the Note. The term "Senior Indebtedness" shall mean, unless expressly subordinated to or expressly made on a parity with the amounts due under this Note, (i) all obligations of the Company due in connection with (A) existing and contemplated financing specified on Schedule 1 attached hereto, together with all refinancings, refundings, extensions of the times for payments for, and all other amendments and modifications to, such financing described in this clause
(i)(A), and (B) indebtedness of the Company, to banks, commercial finance lenders, insurance companies, leasing or equipment financing institutions or other lending institutions regularly engaged in the business of lending money, which is for money borrowed, or purchase or leasing of equipment in the case of lease or other equipment financing, together with all refinancings, refundings, extensions of the times of payments for, and all other amendments and modifications to, the obligations described in this clause (i)(B), and (ii) all amounts of Senior Indebtedness repaid by the Company and subsequently recovered from the holder of any Senior Indebtedness under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws or otherwise; provided, however, that no indebtedness incurred by the Company which is not described in clause (i)(A) above which causes the aggregate amount of the Company's indebtedness outstanding to exceed the Formula Amount (but only to the extent of such excess) or which is incurred at a time when the aggregate of such indebtedness outstanding exceeds the Formula Amount shall be Senior Indebtedness; provided, further, that nothing in the foregoing proviso shall cause the amount of indebtedness outstanding which constitutes "Senior Indebtedness" to be less than the amount set forth in clause (i)(A) above plus $3,000,000, less the

2.


amount of Senior Indebtedness which has been permanently paid down and for which the commitment related thereto has terminated other than as a result of a Refinancing, but any such paydown or termination of commitment shall not cause the amount of Senior Indebtedness to be less than the Formula Amount. The term "FORMULA AMOUNT" means that dollar amount of indebtedness of the Company at which the ratio of (i) total liabilities of the Company minus the sum of (A) indebtedness under this Note and all other notes issued pursuant to the Note Agreement and (B) the Shareholder Notes, to (ii) the net worth of the Company plus the sum of (A) indebtedness under this Note and all other notes issued pursuant to the Note Agreement and (B) the Shareholder Notes (all as determined on a consolidated basis according to generally accepted accounting principles) exceeds 2.0 to 1.0. For the purposes of this Section 6, all amounts advanced pursuant to a binding commitment to lend or lease shall be deemed to constitute indebtedness incurred on the date of such binding commitment irrespective of any subsequent loan paydown or lease payment. The term "REFINANCING" means any refinancing, refunding or replacement, in whole or part, of amounts or commitments outstanding constituting Senior Indebtedness when such Indebtedness was incurred. By Lender's acceptance of this Note, Lender agrees to execute such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to confirm to holders of Senior Indebtedness the Formula Amount and the status of such holders' investment as Senior Indebtedness. Senior Indebtedness shall constitute Senior Indebtedness for all purposes of this Note, and the provisions of this Note shall continue to apply thereto, notwithstanding the fact that Senior Indebtedness or any claim in respect thereof shall be disallowed, avoided or subordinated pursuant to the provisions of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or fraudulent conveyance law or otherwise. The phrase "payment of any obligation in respect of this Note" means any payment of any obligation in respect of the Note, including, but not limited to, any payment of principal of or interest hereon, any redemption, retirement or sinking fund payment, any purchase or other acquisition of this Note for cash or property and any payment by reason of other debt or obligations being subordinate to this Note and any payment on any claim (whether for rescission or damages and whether based on contract or tort) relating to the offer sale or purchase of this Note and any payment or distribution in respect of any claim for any of the foregoing in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings, and in any case whether received in the form of payment from the Company, any guarantor or any third party.

(B) NOTE SUBORDINATED TO PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS ON DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION OR REORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash (by set off or otherwise), properties or securities, in connection with any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise,

(I) the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall first be entitled to receive payment in full in cash in accordance with the terms of such Senior Indebtedness of all obligations with respect thereto before the Lender is entitled to receive any payment of any obligation in respect of this Note; and

3.


(II) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (other than shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated to the same extent as this Note to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at any time be outstanding, provided that the terms of any such securities which relate to subordination or to the realization by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the benefits of subordination intended to be conferred by this Note shall be reasonably satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or trustee and, provided further, that nothing herein shall preclude the holders of Senior Indebtedness from objecting to the treatment of their claims under a plan of reorganization or readjustment (that provides for the distribution of such securities) as improper under the provisions of 11 U.S.C. (S) 1129(b)(2)) to which the Lender would be entitled except for the application of these subordination provisions, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of this Note, shall be made by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing and of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to pay in full in cash all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

(C) COMPANY NOT TO MAKE PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

(I) ACCELERATION OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. In the event of any Senior Indebtedness becoming due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise, or in the event any Senior Indebtedness remains outstanding after its scheduled maturity, no payment of any obligation in respect of this Note shall be made until all obligations on all such due and payable matured Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash.

(II) POSTPONEMENT PERIOD. During the continuance of any default in the payment when due of any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Senior Indebtedness (as so described, a "PAYMENT DEFAULT"), or during the continuance of an event of default arising under any agreement or instrument governing Senior Indebtedness (in each case other then a Payment Default), the existence of which shall, or with notice or the passage of time, or both, would give the holders of Senior Indebtedness the right to cause such Senior Indebtedness to become due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity (as so described, "COVENANT DEFAULT"), no payment of any obligation in respect of this Note shall be made during the Postponement Period, as hereinafter defined. The "Postponement Period" shall commence on the date of receipt by the Lender of written notice from any holder or holders of Senior

4.


Indebtedness of greater than $500,000 (or the representatives or trustees, as the case may be) (such notice being herein called the "DEFAULT NOTICE") and will end (i) in the case of a Payment Default, on the earlier of (A) 180 days from the receipt of the Default Notice and (B) the date on which such Payment Default shall have been cured or waived in writing, or (ii) in the case of a Covenant Default, on the earlier of (A) 180 days from the receipt of the Default Notice and (B) the date on which such Covenant Default shall have been cured or waived in writing, provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate number of days during which one or more Postponement Periods are in effect with respect to a Covenant Default during any period of 360 consecutive days exceed 180 days. The Default Notice must specify in reasonable detail the Covenant Default which is continuing.

(III) LIMITATION ON ACTIONS DURING AND AFTER POSTPONEMENT PERIOD. During any Postponement Period and except to the extent otherwise restricted in subparagraph (i) below, the Lender shall not be entitled to accelerate the maturity of this Note or to commence or join in any action or proceeding to recover any amounts due or to become due with respect to this Note, provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on acceleration or exercise of remedies shall not be applicable following the final maturity or the acceleration of the Senior Indebtedness.

(IV) SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT NOTICES. For purposes of this Section 6, if any Default Notice is given, then no subsequent Default Notice may be given with respect to a particular Covenant Default existing at the same time such prior Default Notice is given and known to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or trustee, as the case may be, as of the giving of the prior Default Notice.

(D) PAYMENTS HELD IN TRUST. In the event that, notwithstanding the terms of subordination contained herein, the Lender receives any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, or whether in the form of a payment (from the Company or any guarantor or any other party), with respect to any obligation in respect of this Note which it is not entitled to receive on account of the terms of subordination contained herein the Lender will hold any amount so received in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness and will forthwith pay over such amount to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or trustee, as the case may be, for application to the payment of all such obligations in respect of Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such obligations in respect of such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

(E) SUBROGATION UPON PAYMENT OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. Upon payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness, the Lender shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable to Senior Indebtedness to the extent the distributions otherwise payable to the Lender has been applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness, until the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note shall have been paid in full. For the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities which the Lender would be entitled to receive except for the application of the terms of

5.


subordination contained herein shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Lender, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of Senior Indebtedness.

(F) COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL. The terms of subordination contained herein are for the purpose of defining the relative rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness on the one hand and the Lender on the other hand against the Company and its property. Nothing herein shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Lender, the obligation of the Company, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to the Lender the principal hereof, and premium, if any, and interest hereon, in accordance with the terms hereof and the provisions hereof, and to comply with all of its covenants and agreements contained herein; nor shall anything herein prevent the Lender from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default hereunder, subject to the rights set forth herein of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments and distributions otherwise payable to the Lender.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Note, the Lender shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding affecting the affairs of the Company is pending or upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any payment or distribution to the Lender for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Note. In the event that the Lender determines, in good faith, that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person, as a holder or representative of Senior Indebtedness, to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section, the Lender may request such person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lender as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such person, as to the extent to which such person is entitled to participate in such payments or distributions, and as to other facts pertinent to the rights of such person under this Section, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Lender may defer payment to such person pending judicial determination as to the right of such person to receive such payment.

(G) KNOWLEDGE OF LENDER; NOTICE. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Note, the Lender shall not at any time be charged with the knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to the Lender or which would prohibit the making of any acceleration or other remedial action by the Lender upon the occurrence of a Payment Default or Covenant Default, unless and until the Lender shall have received written notice of such events or facts signed by any holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness of greater than $500,000 (or their representatives or trustees, as the case may be). The Company shall promptly notify the Lender of any facts known by the Company that would cause the payment of any obligation with respect to this Note to violate any of the provisions of the term of subordination contained herein.

6.


(H) MISCELLANEOUS.

(I) The Lender, by its acceptance hereof, agrees to take such action as may be, necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Note.

(II) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination in accordance with the terms of this Note shall at any time or in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or any holder or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Note, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

(III) Without in any way limiting the generality of clause (ii) of this Subparagraph (h), the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Lender, without modifying the definition of "Senior Indebtedness," without incurring responsibility to the Lender and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided herein or the obligations hereunder of the Lender to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of following: (a) change the manner, place, or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or refund or refinance, or renew or alter Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release, or otherwise deal with any asset pledged, mortgaged, or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any person liable in any manner for the collection of Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company or any other person.

(I) LIMITATION ON PROCEEDINGS. Until the earlier of (a) 91 days after the Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash, and the termination or reduction to zero of any commitment to make extensions of credit constituting Senior Indebtedness and (b) the commencement of any proceeding or action referred to in subparagraph (b) above, the Lender shall not in its capacity as Lender, without the prior written consent of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, commence, or join in the commencement of, any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings.

(J) PROOFS OF CLAIM. So long as any Senior Indebtedness remains unpaid, the Lender hereby authorizes and directs the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, or their representative or trustee, to file proofs of claim with respect to the obligations in respect of this Note in any bankruptcy or other proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, but only in the event that the Lender has failed to file such proofs of claim on or before the date thirty (30) business days prior to the date such proofs of claim must be filed pursuant to law or the order of any court exercising jurisdiction over such proceeding; provided, however, that any proof of claim filed properly, in a correct amount, and in a timely manner by the Lender, shall supersede, as to the amounts reflected in such claim, any proof of claim filed by the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.

7. COVENANTS. Without obtaining the written consent of the holders of fifty-one percent (51%) in outstanding principal amounts of the Notes, the Company agrees that it will not:

7.


(A) incur or suffer to exist Indebtedness, except (i) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Senior Indebtedness, which, prior to December 31, 1997, shall not exceed the amount permitted in clause
(i)(A) of Section 6(a) above plus $3,000,000 less the amount of Senior Indebtedness which has been permanently paid down and for which the commitment related thereto has terminated other than as a result of a Refinancing, but any such paydown or termination of commitment shall not cause the amount of Senior Indebtedness to be less than the Formula Amount; (iii) Indebtedness of the Company to any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; and (iv) the Notes issued pursuant to the Note Agreement;

(B) pledge its intellectual property, except to secure Senior Indebtedness;

(C) sell all or a substantial portion of its assets (provided that sales in the ordinary course of business shall not be considered to violate this limitation);

(D) make or suffer to exist any Investments, except (i) deposit accounts of the Company with, or certificates of deposit maturing not more than one year from the date of investment therein of, commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, each having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $200,000,000; (ii) Investments in marketable obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States or any agency or state thereof and maturing not more than one (1) year from the date of issuance; (iii) Investments in open market commercial paper rated at least "A1" or "P1" or higher by a national credit rating agency and maturing not more than 270 days from the creation thereof; (iv) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in connection with bona fide hedging arrangements; (v) Investments in wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company up to a maximum amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); and (vi) other Investments aggregating not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time;

(E) issue any dividends, make payments on any Indebtedness which is not Senior Indebtedness or redeem any shares of its common or preferred stock except (i) redemptions, as approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, of stock of employees who are terminating employment with the Borrower; (ii) in respect of the Evolving Systems, Inc. Shareholder Notes dated January 2, 1996 in the original aggregate principal amount of $6,683,625 (the "SHAREHOLDER NOTES") (A) prepayments of principal on or after the date hereof of $1,500,000 and (B) interest as such shall become due and payable thereunder; (iii) payments of amounts due under this Note and the other Notes issued under the Note Agreement; (iv) payments in respect of Indebtedness owing to wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company; and (v) stock dividends pro rata to holders of the Company's capital stock;

(F) enter into or suffer to exist any contractual obligation or transaction with an affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to the Company as would be obtained in an arms-length transaction with unaffiliated persons, except with respect to (i) compensation to directors, officers, employees and consultants as to which such compensation has been approved

8.


by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company's Board of Directors and (ii) transactions between the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries; or

(G) create or suffer to exist any rental payment obligations under operating leases of personal property in an amount in excess of the amount set forth below in the indicated fiscal year:

FISCAL YEAR ENDED                             AMOUNT
December 31, 1996                             $1,000,000
December 31, 1997                             $1,000,000
December 31, 1998                             $1,250,000
December 31, 1999                             $1,500,000
December 31, 2000                             $1,750,000
December 31, 2001                             $2,000,000
December 31, 2002                             $2,250,000
December 31, 2003                             $2,500,000

"INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean, for purposes of this Section 7, (a) all obligations for borrowed money, (b) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), (d) all obligations with respect to capital leases, (e) all guaranty obligations for Indebtedness as defined herein,
(f) all obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired, (g) all reimbursement and other payment obligations, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit. "INVESTMENT" shall mean for purposes of this Section 7, (a) any loan or advance of funds by such person to any other person (other than advances to employees of such person for moving and travel expense, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business), (b) any purchase or other acquisition of any equity securities or Indebtedness of any other person,
(c) any capital contribution by such person to or any other investments by such person in any other person (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred by such person of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of "Indebtedness" on behalf of any other person); provided, however, that Investments shall not include accounts receivable or other indebtedness owed by customers of such person which arose from sales or non-exclusive licensing in the ordinary course of such person's business.

8. DEFAULT. The following events shall be events of default ("EVENTS OF DEFAULT") under this Note::

(A) Borrower shall fail to pay timely (i) any of the principal amount when due under this Note or (ii) any accrued interest or other amounts due under this Note on the date the same becomes due and payable or, in each case (i) and
(ii), within five (5) calendar days thereafter;

9.


(B) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement set forth in this Note and such failure shall not have been cured or waived within thirty (30) days after the Company shall have received written notice thereof from the holder of this Note; or

(C) any representation, warranty, certificate, or other statement (financial or otherwise) made or furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to Lender in writing in connection with this Note, or as an inducement to Lender to enter into this Note and the Note Agreement, shall be materially false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; or

(D) Borrower shall (i) fail to make any payment when due under the terms of any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, including the Senior Indebtedness, to be paid by such person (excluding this Note but including any other evidence of indebtedness of Borrower to Lender) and such failure shall continue beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement, term or condition contained in any such bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, and the effect of such failure or default is to cause the holder or holders thereof to cause, indebtedness in an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more to become due prior to its stated date of maturity; or

(E) the Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, or (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it; or

(F) proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of Borrower or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to Borrower or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within thirty (30) days of commencement; or

(G) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance issued by an insurer not an Affiliate of Borrower) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of forty-five (45) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and such judgment, writ, or similar process

10.


shall not be released, stayed, vacated or otherwise dismissed within forty-five
(45) days after issue or levy; or

9. RIGHTS OF HOLDER UPON DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default referred to in Sections 8(e) and 8(f)), and subject to Section 6 above, at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Lender may by written notice to Borrower, declare all outstanding amounts payable by Borrower hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the Purchase Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default described in Sections 8(e) or
8(f), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by Borrower hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the Purchase Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, Lender may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it or permitted by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

10. NOTE TRANSFERABLE. Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, and the transfer restrictions set forth below, this Note and all rights hereunder are transferable without charge by the holder hereof (except for transfer taxes), upon surrender of this Note properly endorsed and in compliance with the provisions of the Note Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of Borrower. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, Borrower shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and Borrower shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Note may be transferred or assigned, provided that: (i) any transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement and the exhibits thereto, (ii) upon the request of the Company or its counsel, the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Note can be transferred or assigned without registration under the Act and in compliance with all applicable state securities laws; and (iii) any partial transfer or assignment of this Note causes both the transferor or assignor on the one hand and the transferee or assignee on the other hand to retain or acquire at least $1,000,000 in face amount, and (iv) the transferee or assignee shall not be a competitor of the Company, as shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

11. GOVERNING LAW. This Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

11.


12. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and by binding on Borrower and any of its permitted assigns, and shall extent to any holder hereof. Lender may assign its rights hereunder without prior notice to Borrower.

13. AMENDMENT. The terms and conditions of this Note may not be amended, waived or modified except in a writing signed by an authorized agent of Lender which writing expressly states that the writing constitutes an amendment, waiver or modification of this Note.

14. PRO RATA TREATMENT. Lender acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes issued pursuant to the Note Agreement or pursuant to the terms of such Notes. In the event Lender receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company's payments to the holders of all of such Notes, then Lender shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

12.


BORROWER                                EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
                                        a Delaware corporation


                                        ________________________________________
                                        Larry S. Schwartz
                                        Vice President

ATTEST:


Larry S. Schwartz
Secretary

13.


SCHEDULE 1

[To include full availability under existing debt and letter of credit facilities and amounts currently outstanding under lease lines]

14.


EXHIBIT B

ADDENDUM TO SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

This Addendum to Senior Subordinated Promissory Note is made as of September 23, 1996, with respect to that certain Senior Subordinated Promissory Note (the "Note") by EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC. ("Borrower") to the order of the undersigned Lender ("Lender"). Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Note in accordance with the terms of this Addendum.

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

1. Section 6(c)(i) of the Note is amended to read as follows:

(c) COMPANY NOTE TO MAKE PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

(i) ACCELERATION OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. In the event of any Senior Indebtedness becoming due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity, whether by acceleration, lapse of time or otherwise, or in the event any Senior Indebtedness remains outstanding after its scheduled maturity, (i) no payment of any obligation in respect of this Note shall be made until all obligations on all such due and payable matured Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash and (ii) Lender may not retain, or apply to the obligations evidenced by this Note, any monies or other property obtained pursuant to the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, whether pursuant to this Note or applicable law, and all such monies and other properties shall be delivered to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and preminum, if any) and interest on the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to pay in full in cash all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid.

2. The following sentence is added as the last sentence to Section 6(c)(ii) of the Note:

Notwithstanding any other term hereof, if a Payment Default or a Covenant Default occurs and a payment or distribution of any character of the type described in subsection (d) of this Section 6 is made to the Lender hereunder during the period commencing on the date of such Payment Default or Covenant Default and terminating on the date of the Default Notice with respect thereto is received by the Lender, and such period does not exceed forty-five (45) days, then the Lender shall hold such amount so received in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness and will forthwith pay over such amount to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or trustee, as the case may be, for application to the payment of all such obligations in respect of Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such obligations in respect of such obligations in respect of such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

3. Section 6(c)(iii) is amended to read as follows:

(iii) LIMITATION ON ACTIONS DURING AND AFTER POSTPONEMENT PERIOD. During any Postponement Period and except to the extent otherwise restricted in subparagraph (i) below, the Lender shall not be entitled to accelerate the maturity of this Note or to commence or join in any action or proceeding to recover any amounts due or to become due with respect to this Note.


4. Sections 6(l) and 6(m) are added to the Note, as follows:

(l) REINSTATEMENT. If, at any time after payment in full in cash of the Senior Indebtedness, any payments of the Senior Indebtedness must be disgorged for any reason (including the Company's bankruptcy), then the subordination provisions of this Section 6 shall be reinstated as to all such disgorged payments as though they had not been made and Lender shall immediately pay over to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness all payments received hereunder to the extent that such payments would have been prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Section 6.

(m) AMENDMENTS. This Note may be not be amended at any time while any Senior Indebtedness is outstanding if the effect of such amendment may be to terminate or impair the subordination of the obligations evidenced by this Note to the Senior Indebtedness without the prior written consent of all of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. Any amendment made without such consent shall be void.

This Addendum may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

Except as amended by this Addendum, the Note remains in full force and effect.

ENVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

By:____________________________

Title:_________________________


By:____________________________

Title:_________________________

2

EXHIBIT A
SECOND ADDENDUM TO SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

This Second Addendum to Senior Subordinated Promissory Note is made as of September 27, 1996 with respect to that certain Senior subordinated Promissory Note (the "Note") by EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC. ("Borrower") to the order of the undersigned Lender ("Lender"). Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Note in accordance with the terms of this Addendum,

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

1. Borrower and Lender agree to defer the payment of all interest accrued on the Note from the date of issuance through November 30, 1996 (the "Deferred Interest") as provided in Paragraph 2 below. Borrower and Lender agree that the Deferred Interest is equal to $_______, which was calculated by taking the total interest to be accrued on the Note through November 30, 1996 less $______ payable to Borrower by Lender for the purchase of Warrants to purchase_______ shares of the nonvoting common stock of Lender.

2. ESI shall pay the Deferred Interest to Lender by no later than December 1, 1998, plus interest on such amount accrued at the default rate under the Note (12%) commencing on December 1, 1996 until the date of payment of the Deferred Interest.

3. ESI shall have the right to prepay the Deferred Interest and interest accrued thereon at any time without penalty and shall prepay the Deferred Interest and interest accrued thereon upon the occurrence of any event requiring ESI to prepay the Note.

This Addendum may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

Except as amended by this Addendum, the Note remains in full force and effect.

ENVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

By:_______________________________
Douglas Kelsall
Vice Pres. of Finance

By:_______________________________
Larry Schwartz
Vice Pres. of Legal Services


[LENDER]

By:

By:___________________________

2

AMENDMENT
TO
SENIOR SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTES

THIS AMENDMENT to Senior Subordinated Promissory Notes is entered into this 3rd day of October, 1997 by and among EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE PARTNER II, LP., MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE CAPITAL FUND II, C.V., MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE INVESTORS, L.P., INFORMATION ASSOCIATES, L.P. AND INFORMATION ASSOCIATES, C.V. (individually a "LENDER" and collectively the "LENDERS").

RECITALS

A. On May 31, 1996, the Company and the Lenders entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement under which the Company borrowed from the Lenders the amounts set forth on the Schedule of Lenders attached hereto as EXHIBIT A pursuant to the terms of senior subordinated notes (the "NOTES"), one of which is attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.

B. Pursuant to Section 7 of the Notes, the Company agreed to abide by certain Covenants (the "COVENANTS").

C. Section 7(g) of the Covenants provided certain limitations on rental payment obligations under operating leases of personal property based upon what the parties believed were adequate amounts for then existing and for future operating leases.

D. Since execution of the Notes, the Company has grown its operations and changed the focus of its business. In addition, much of the Company's equipment has become obsolete and in order to sustain the Company's continued growth and profitability, the value of the Company's operating leases needs to be increased for the mutual benefit of the Company and the Lenders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Company's successful performance since the date of execution of the Notes, and in order to sustain continued growth of the Company for the mutual benefit of the Company and the Lenders, the parties agree as follows:

1. The first paragraph of Section 7(g) of the Notes is hereby revoked and the following provision inserted in its place and stead:

(g) create or suffer to exist any rental payment obligations under operating leases of personal property in an amount in excess of the amount set forth below in the indicated fiscal year:

1

FISCAL YEAR ENDED                  AMOUNT
December 31, 1996                  $1,500,000
December 31, 1997                  $2,000,000
December 31, 1998                  $2,250,000
December 31, 1999                  $2,500,000
December 31, 2000                  $2,750,000
December 31, 2001                  $3,000,000
December 31, 2002                  $3,250,000
December 31, 2003                  $3,500,000

The remainder of Section 7(g) shall continue in full force and effect.

2. The Lenders, individually and collectively, hereby waive any and all claims they may have against the Company, based upon the Company's operating leases of personal property being in excess of the amounts described in May 31, 1996 Notes.

3. All the remaining provisions of the Notes shall continue in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

By:  /s/ J. Richard Abramson
     -------------------------------------
     J. Richard Abramson
     Chief Executive Officer and President

LENDERS:

MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE CAPITAL FUND II, L.P.

By: Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P.
Its General Partner
By: Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc. Managing General Partner

By:  /s/ Robert J. Loarie
     --------------------------------------
     Robert J. Loarie
     Vice President

MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE CAPITAL FUND II, C.V.

By: Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P.
Its Investment General Partner
By: Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II, Inc. Managing General Partner

By:  /s/ Robert J. Loarie
     --------------------------------------
     Robert J. Loarie
     Vice President

2

MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE INVESTORS, L.P.

By: Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II. L.P.
Its General Partner
By: Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II. Inc. Managing General Partner

By:  /s/ Robert J. Loarie
     --------------------------------------
     Robert J. Loarie
     Vice President

INFORMATION ASSOCIATES, L.P.

By: TRIDENT CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC., its general partner

By:  /s/ Donald Dixon
     --------------------------------------
     Donald Dixon

INFORMATION ASSOCIATES, C.V.

By: TRIDENT CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.L.C., its investment general partner

By:  /s/ Donald Dixon
     --------------------------------------

     Donald Dixon


EXHIBIT 10.6

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE
SHARES OF NON-VOTING COMMON STOCK OF
EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
(VOID AFTER MAY 31, 2003)

THIS CERTIFIES that _______________________________________("HOLDER"), or assigns, for value received, are entitled to purchase from EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), having a place of business at 6892 S. Yosemite Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112, a maximum of ____________ fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock ("NON- VOTING COMMON STOCK") for cash at a price of one dollar twenty cents ($1.20) per share (the "STOCK PURCHASE PRICE") at any time or from time to time up to and including 5:00 p.m. (Mountain Time) May 31, 2003 (the "EXPIRATION DATE"), upon surrender to the Company at its principal office (or at such other location as the Company may advise the Holder in writing) of this Warrant properly endorsed and, if applicable, upon payment in cash or by check of the aggregate Stock Purchase Price for the number of shares for which this Warrant is being exercised determined in accordance with the provisions hereof. The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3 of this Warrant.

1. EXERCISE; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES; PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(A) GENERAL. This Warrant is exercisable at the option of the Holder of record hereof, at any time or from time to time, up to the Expiration Date for all or any part of the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock (but not for a fraction of a share) which may be purchased hereunder.

(B) ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES. The Company agrees that the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered, properly endorsed and payment made for such shares. Certificates for the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock so purchased, together with any other securities or property to which the Holder hereof is entitled upon such exercise, shall be delivered to the Holder hereof by the Company at the Company's expense within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant have been so exercised. In case of a purchase of less than all the shares which may be purchased under this Warrant, the Company shall cancel this Warrant and execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the shares purchasable under the Warrant surrendered upon such purchase to the Holder hereof within a reasonable time. Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of


Non-Voting Common Stock as may be requested by the Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name of such Holder or as directed by such Holder.

(C) NET ISSUE EXERCISE. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock is greater than the Stock Purchase Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company and notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Non- Voting Common Stock computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A-B)

A

Where          X =  the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the
     Holders

               Y =  the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the

Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

A = the fair market value of one share of the Company's Common Stock (at the date of such calculation)

B = Stock Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one share of Non-Voting Common Stock shall be determined by the Company's Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that where there exists a public market for the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Non-Voting Common Stock quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the last reported sale price of the Non-Voting Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or on any exchange on which the Non-Voting Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal for the five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value. This Section I(C) is applicable only upon or after an initial public offering of the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock or other liquidation event, including, but not limited to, a sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

2. SHARES TO BE FULLY PAID; RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Non-Voting Common Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any stockholder, except as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, and free of all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that, except as noted in the introductory paragraph of this Warrant, during the period within which the rights

2

represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved, for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of authorized but unissued Non-Voting Common Stock, or other securities and property, when and as required to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Non-Voting Common Stock may be listed; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration under federal or state securities laws with respect to such exercise except as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price (i) if the total number of shares of Non- Voting Common Stock issuable after such action upon exercise of all outstanding warrants, together with all shares of Non-Voting Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Non-Voting Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock then authorized by the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or (ii) if the total number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock issuable after such action upon the conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock, together with all shares of Non-Voting Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock, together with all shares of Non-Voting Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Non-Voting Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding would exceed the total number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock then authorized by the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3. ADJUSTMENT OF STOCK PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES. The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 3. Upon each adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price, the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares obtained by multiplying the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment, and dividing the product thereof by the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment.

(A) SUBDIVISION OR COMBINATION OF STOCK. In case the Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Non-Voting Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Non-Voting Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

(B) DIVIDENDS IN NON-VOTING COMMON STOCK, OTHER STOCK, PROPERTY, RECLASSIFICATION. If at any time or from time to time the Holder of Non-Voting Common Stock

3

(or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor,

(I) Non-Voting Common Stock or any shares of stock or other securities which are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Non-Voting Common Stock, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution;

(II) Any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend; or Non-Voting Common Stock or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spin-off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement (other than (i) shares of Non-Voting Common Stock issued as a stock split, adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 3(a) above or (ii) an event for which adjustment is otherwise made pursuant to Section 3(c) below), then and in each such case, the Holder hereof shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property (including cash in the case referred to in clause 3(b)(ii) above) which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had he been the holder of record of such Non-Voting Common Stock as of the date on which Holder of Non-Voting Common Stock received or became entitled to receive such shares or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

(C) REORGANIZATION, RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE. If any capital reorganization of the capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation shall be effected in such a way that Holder of Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, or other assets or property, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive (in lieu of the shares of the Non-Voting Common Stock of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby) such shares of stock, securities or other assets or property as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Non-Voting Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby; provided, however, that in the event the value of the stock, securities or other assets or property (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or, if the Holder shall disagree with such determination by an investment banker or business appraiser mutually acceptable to the Company and Holder who is engaged at the Company's expense) issuable or payable with respect to one share of the Non-Voting Common Stock of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby is in excess of ten dollars ($10.00) at the time of the merger and the resale of securities received in such reorganization, if any, is registered so that such securities may be immediately resold, then this Warrant shall expire unless exercised

4

prior to the reorganization. In any reorganization described above in which the Warrant does not terminate appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of this Warrant to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Stock Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets of the surviving corporation or its parent thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof. The Company will not effect any such consolidation, merger or sale unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor corporation (if other than the Company) or such corporation's parent resulting from such consolidation or the corporation purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument, executed and mailed or delivered to the registered Holder hereof at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder may be entitled to purchase.

(D) NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT. Upon any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price or any increase or decrease in the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered Holder of this Warrant at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company. The notice shall be signed by the Company's chief financial officer and shall state the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

(E) OTHER NOTICES. If at any time:

(I) the Company shall declare any cash dividend upon its Non- Voting Common Stock;

(II) the Company shall declare any dividend upon its Non-Voting Common Stock payable in stock or make any special dividend or other distribution to the Holder of its Non-Voting Common Stock;

(III) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company; or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation;

(IV) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company; or

(V) there shall be an initial public offering of Company securities;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder of this Warrant at the address of such Holder as shown on the

5

books of the Company, (a) at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and (b) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or public offering, at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place; provided, however, that the Holder shall make a best efforts attempt to respond to such notice as early as possible after the receipt thereof. Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (a) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the Holder of Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled thereto. Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (b) shall also specify the date on which the Holder of Non- Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Non-Voting Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or public offering, as the case may be.

(F) CERTAIN EVENTS. If any change in the outstanding Non-Voting Common Stock of the Company or any other event occurs as to which the other provisions of this Section 3 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the Holder of the Warrant in accordance with such provisions, the Board of Directors of the Company shall make an adjustment in the number and class of shares available under the Warrant, the Stock Purchase Price or the application of such provisions, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid. The adjustment shall be such as will give the Holder of the Warrant upon exercise for the same aggregate Stock Purchase Price the total number, class and kind of shares as he would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had he continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment.

4. ISSUE TAX. The issuance of certificates for shares of Non-Voting Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder of the Warrant for any issue tax (other than any applicable income taxes) in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the then Holder of the Warrant being exercised.

5. CLOSING OF BOOKS. The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of any warrant or of any shares of Non-Voting Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

6. NO VOTING OR DIVIDEND RIGHTS; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the holder hereof the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder of the Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. No dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the shares purchasable hereunder until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised. No provision

6

hereof in the absence of affirmative action by the holder to purchase shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Stock Purchase Price or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by its creditors.

7. REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT. The registration rights of the Holder (including Holder' successors) with respect to this Warrant and the underlying stock are set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement of even date herewith.

8. WARRANTS TRANSFERABLE. Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, and the transfer restrictions set forth below, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, without charge to the holder hereof (except for transfer taxes), upon surrender of this Warrant properly endorsed and in compliance with the provisions of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement. Each taker and holder of this Warrant, by taking or holding the same, consents and agrees that this Warrant, when endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable, and that the holder hereof, when this Warrant shall have been so endorsed, may be treated by the Company, at the Company's option, and all other persons dealing with this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the person entitled to exercise the rights represented by this Warrant, or to transfer this Warrant on the books of the Company any notice to the contrary notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such books, the Company may treat the registered owner hereof as the owner for all purposes.

This Warrant may be transferred or assigned by the Holder only to a transferee or assignee of a Warrant to purchase not less than 50,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like), provided that: (i) any transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement and the exhibits thereto, and (ii) upon the request of the Company or its counsel, the Holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Warrant can be transferred or assigned without registration under the Act and in compliance with all applicable state securities laws.

9. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS SURVIVE EXERCISE OF WARRANT. The rights and obligations of the Company, of the Holder of this Warrant and of the Holder of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant, referred to in Sections 7 and 8 shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties against which enforcement of the same is sought, provided that any change, waiver, discharge or termination agreed to in writing by a majority in interest of warrants of the Company of even date herewith issued pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement shall be binding on Holder and assigns.

11. NOTICES. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder hereof or the Company shall be delivered or shall be sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to each such holder at its address as shown on the books of the Company

7

or to the Company at the address indicated therefor in the first paragraph of this Warrant or such other address as either may from time to time provide to the other.

12. BINDING EFFECT ON SUCCESSORS. This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets. All of the obligations of the Company relating to the Non-Voting Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall survive the exercise and termination of this Warrant. All of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the holder hereof.

13. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS AND GOVERNING LAW. The description headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Colorado.

14. LOST WARRANTS. The Company represents and warrants to the Holder hereof that upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will make and deliver a new Warrant, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

15. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Stock Purchase Price.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its officers, thereunto duly authorized this 31st day of May, 1996.

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
a Delaware corporation


Larry S. Schwartz Vice President

ATTEST:


Larry S. Schwartz
Secretary

9

EXHIBIT 10.7

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

May 31, 1996


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        PAGE

1. FULL AND COMPLETE UNDERSTANDING.....................................    1

2. DEFINITIONS.........................................................    1

3. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION..............................    3

      3.1  Restrictions on Transfer....................................    3
      3.2  Demand Registration.........................................    4
      3.3  Piggyback Registrations.....................................    5
      3.4  Form S-3 Registration.......................................    7
      3.5  Obligations of the Company..................................    7
      3.6  Termination of Registration Rights..........................    9
      3.7  Furnish Information.........................................    9
      3.8  Delay of Registration.......................................    9
      3.9  Indemnification.............................................    9
     3.10  Assignment of Registration Rights...........................   11
     3.11  Amendment of Registration Rights............................   11
     3.12  Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights................   11
     3.13  "Market Stand Off" Agreement................................   12

4. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY............................................   12

     4.1   Basic Financial Information and Reporting....................  12
     4.2   Confidentiality..............................................  13
     4.3   Termination of Covenants.....................................  13

5. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL..............................................   13

     5.1   Right of First Refusal of Securityholder Issuances...........  13
     5.2   Right of First Refusal of Company Issuances..................  15

6. CO-SALE RIGHTS......................................................   17

     6.1   Sales by Original Investors..................................  17
     6.2   Exempt Transfers.............................................  18
     6.3   Termination of Co-Sale Rights................................  19

7. BOARD OF DIRECTORS..................................................   19

     7.1   Election of Directors........................................  19
     7.2   Termination of Board Rights..................................  20

8. INSURANCE...........................................................   20

     8.1   Transfers at Death...........................................  20
     8.2   Required Policies............................................  20
     8.3   Termination of Required Policies.............................  21

i.


9. MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................   21

      9.1  Governing Law...............................................   21
      9.2  Survival....................................................   21
      9.3  Successors and Assigns......................................   21
      9.4  Severability................................................   21
      9.5  Amendment and Waiver........................................   21
      9.6  Delays or Omissions.........................................   21
      9.7  Notices, etc................................................   22
      9.8  Attorneys' Fees.............................................   22
      9.9  Titles and Subtitles........................................   22
     9.10  Counterparts................................................   22

ii

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT") is entered into as of the 31st day of May, 1996, by and among EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), the parties listed on Exhibit A hereto (the "PURCHASERS") and the parties listed on Exhibit B hereto (the "ORIGINAL INVESTORS").

WHEREAS, certain existing stockholders of the Company propose to sell and issue up to an aggregate of 1,337 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company pursuant to that certain Stock Transfer Agreement dated as of even date herewith (the "TRANSFER AGREEMENT");

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to sell and issue warrants to purchase up to 485,333 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock (the "WARRANTS") pursuant to that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of even date herewith (the "NOTE AND WARRANT AGREEMENT"); and

WHEREAS, as a condition of entering into the Transfer Agreement and the Note and Warrant Agreement, the prospective purchasers have requested that the Company extend certain registration rights, rights of first refusal and rights to financial information to the Purchasers and Original Investors as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and considerations and releases contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. FULL AND COMPLETE UNDERSTANDING

This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding among the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants relating to the subject matter, except as specifically set forth herein.

2. DEFINITIONS

2.1 The term "NEW HOLDER" means any Purchaser owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of a Purchaser of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 3.10 hereof.

2.2 The term "ORIGINAL HOLDER" means any Original Investor owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 3.10 hereof.

2.3 An Original Holder's "PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE" includes any administrator, executor, trustee, or other personal representative who is vested with the responsibility for administering the disposition of any stock on account of a deceased original holder's death, and equally any individual who holds such stock as a legatee, distributee, or successor in interest, or

1

trustee where no executor, administrator, or similar fiduciary is appointed or where any appointed executor, administrator, or fiduciary does not have control over any of the deceased original holder's shares of the stock.

2.4 The terms "REGISTER," "REGISTERED," and "REGISTRATION" refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

2.5 The term "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means (a) Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (the "PREFERRED STOCK"); (b) shares of Non-Voting Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; (c) shares of Common Stock purchased by the Holders or issued or issuable to Holders upon conversion of other securities purchased by Holders pursuant to their right of first refusal in Section 5 of this Agreement; (d) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, conversion of or in replacement of, such above-described securities; and (e) shares of Common Stock owned by the Original Investors as of the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or sold in a private transaction in which the transferor's rights under Section 3 of this Agreement with respect to such registration rights are not assigned and shall not include securities held by a person if all the securities held by such person may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 in any three month period.

2.6 The number of shares of "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES THEN OUTSTANDING" shall be determined by calculating the total number of shares of the Company's Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

2.7 The term "SECURITIES" shall mean (a) any stock or similar security of the Company, (b) any security convertible, with or without consideration, into any stock or similar security of the Company, (c) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any stock or similar security of the Company, or (d) any such warrant or right.

2.8 "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.9 The term "SECURITYHOLDER" shall refer to any holder of Securities.

2.10 The term "FORM S-3" means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

2.11 The term "HOLDER" or "HOLDERS" refers to the New Holders and Original Holders combined.

2

2.12 The term "SEC" or "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

3. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION

3.1 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

(A) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by Sections 3, 5 and 6 of this Agreement, provided and to the extent such Section is then applicable and:

(I) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(II) (A) Such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (B) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

(III) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by a Holder to its affiliates or by a Holder which is a partnership to its partners or affiliates in accordance with partnership interests provided the transferee will be subject to the terms of this Section 3.1 to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(B) Each certificate representing Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of the Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or as provided elsewhere in the Agreement):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL OR BASED ON OTHER WRITTEN EVIDENCE IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

3

(C) The Company shall reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any holder thereof if the holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or legend.

(D) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

3.2 DEMAND REGISTRATION.

(A) Subject to the conditions of this Section 3.2, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of six months after the effective date of the first underwritten public offering of the Company's securities (the "INITIAL OFFERING") or June 30, 1998 a written request from the New Holders of not less than forty percent (40%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities then owned by the New Holders (the "INITIATING HOLDERS") that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities having an aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commission, in excess of $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of Section 3.2(b), effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the New Holders request to be registered (a "DEMAND REGISTRATION"). Provided that such request of the New Holders is satisfied, the Original Holders may, subject to the limitations of Section 3.2(b), participate in such Demand Registration.

(B) Any registration under this Section 3.2 must be a firmly underwritten offering with an underwriter or underwriters of nationally recognized standing selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). The right of any New Holder and Original Holder, if any, to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such New Holder's and Original Holder's, if any, participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such New Holder's and Original Holder's, if any, Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All New Holders and Original Holders, if any, proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, if the underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all New Holders and Original Holders, if any, of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the New Holders on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such New Holders (including the Initiating Holders); second, to the Original Holders, if any, on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities

4

held by all such Original Holders; and third, to shares to be registered and sold for the Company's own account. In any event the New Holders shall be entitled to include in such registration no less than fifty percent (50%) of all the Registrable Securities included by all Holders.

(C) The Company is obligated to effect only two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 3.2. A registration pursuant to this
Section 3.2 may be the Initial Offering.

(D) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 3.2 during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date ninety (90) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering, provided that the Company is making reasonable and good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective. In addition, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 3.2 if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 3.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company's intention to make its Initial Offering and files the registration statement with respect thereto within sixty days of such notice.

(E) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the New Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 3.2, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company no more than once in any one-year period.

(F) All expenses incurred in connection with the registrations pursuant to this Section 3.2 (excluding underwriters' discounts and commissions, which shall be paid by the selling New Holders and Original Holders, if any, pro rata), including without limitation all registration, filing, qualification, printers' and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel for the selling New Holders and Original Holders, if any, shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders, unless the withdrawal of the registration request results from either (i) intentional actions by the Company outside the normal course of business or (ii) the discovery of information about the Company that is not known at the time of the Initiating Holders' request made pursuant to Section 3.2(a) that materially reduces the feasibility of the registration proceeding.

3.3 PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities (or their transferees who have received the Registrable Securities in compliance with Section 3.1 of this Agreement, who for purposes of this Section 3.3 shall be deemed to be a

5

Holder) in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to employee benefit plans and corporate reorganizations) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(A) If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 3.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. If the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company for its own account; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder (other than a Holder) invoking contractual rights to have their securities registered, if any, on a pro rata basis. No such reduction shall reduce the securities being offered by the Company for its own account to be included in the registration and underwriting, except that in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(B) The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with any registration under this Section 3.3, including without limitation all registration, filing, qualification, printers' and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel to the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel to the selling Holders, except that each participating Holder shall bear its proportionate share of all amounts payable to underwriters in connection with such offering for discounts and commissions.

6

3.4 FORM S-3 REGISTRATION. In case the Company shall receive a written request or requests from Holders of Registrable Securities owning at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock on an as- converted (fully diluted) basis that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(I) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(II) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder's or Holders' Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 3.4: (a) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, (b) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of $1,000,000 or less, (c) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 3.4, (d) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.4, or (e) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(III) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S- 3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with all registrations requested pursuant to this Section
3.4 (excluding underwriters' discounts and commissions, which shall be paid by the selling Holders pro rata), including without limitation all registration, filing, qualification, printers' and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel for the selling Holder or Holders.

3.5 OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(A) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become

7

effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days.

(B) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(C) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(D) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(E) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(F) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(G) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

8

3.6 TERMINATION OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. All registration rights granted under this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the date seven (7) years following the Company's Initial Offering.

3.7 FURNISH INFORMATION. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

3.8 DELAY OF REGISTRATION. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 3.

3.9 INDEMNIFICATION. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4:

(A) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the "1934 ACT"), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a "Violation") by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(B) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, each person, if any, who

9

controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder's partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 3.9(b) exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(C) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 3.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 3.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 3.9.

(D) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 3.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) that

10

resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(E) The foregoing indemnity agreements of the Company and Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Violation made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule
424(b) (the "FINAL PROSPECTUS"), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any person if a copy of the Final Prospectus was furnished to the indemnified party and was not furnished to the person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act.

(F) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 3.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

3.10 ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities; provided, however, that except as provided below no such transferee or assignee shall be entitled to registration rights under Sections 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4 hereof unless (i) it owns a minimum of 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (on an as-converted basis and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and similar events) or (ii) with respect to an aggregate of thirty
(30) shares as provided in Section 5.1(a)(iv), and the Company shall promptly be furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities may be assigned to any subsidiary or parent of a Holder or to any general or limited partner of any Holder.

3.11 AMENDMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Any provision of this Section 3 may be amended, and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company, New Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all New Holders and Holders holding a majority of Registrable Securities held by all Holders. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 3.11 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company. By acceptance of any benefits under this Section 3, Holders of Registrable Securities hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereunder.

3.12 LIMITATION ON SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION RIGHTS. After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of both a majority of the Holders and a majority of the New Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or

11

prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would permit such holder to require to participate in any registration of securities of the Company or that the Company register any securities held by such holder.

3.13 "MARKET STAND-OFF" AGREEMENT. Each Holder hereby agrees that during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the 1933 Act, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and the managing underwriter, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any Common Stock of the Company held by it at any time during such period except Common Stock included in such registration; provided, however, that:

(A) Such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and

(B) All officers and directors of the Company and all other persons with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into similar agreements.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop- transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

4. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

4.1 BASIC FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND REPORTING.

(A) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(B) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 120 days thereafter, the Company will furnish each Purchaser an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, an audited consolidated statement of income and an audited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and setting forth in each case, in comparative form, the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company's Board of Directors.

(C) The Company will furnish each Purchaser (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an operating plan for such fiscal year and (ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited sheet and statements of income and

12

cash flows, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which also set forth applicable budget figures and variances from budget.

4.2 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each Purchaser shall, at the request of the Company, enter into a non-disclosure and non-use agreement reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser and the Company with respect to the information it receives from the Company.

4.3 TERMINATION OF COVENANTS. All covenants of the Company contained in
Section 4 of this Agreement shall expire and terminate as to each Purchaser upon the closing of an underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

5. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

5.1 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OF SECURITYHOLDER ISSUANCES. No Securityholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the Securities of the Company or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this Section 5.1.

(A) If the Securityholder receives from anyone a bona fide offer acceptable to the Securityholder to purchase any of his Securities, then the Securityholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Company. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the price and quantity of the Securities to be transferred, as well as all other terms and conditions of the offer; provided, however, that this Section 5.1(a) shall not apply to either
(i) Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, L.P. and affiliated funds or to Trident Capital Management, L.L.C. and affiliated funds or to their transferees,
(ii) the sale by Wesley L. Folsom to David J. Molny of ten (10) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) the sale by Wayne A. Pulick to Timothy J. Drummond of three (3) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and (iv) the sale by Harry B. Fair or Wesley L. Folsom of up to thirty (30) shares of Series A Preferred Stock to officers of the Company.

(B) For fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or a portion of the Securities specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such bona fide offer. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or a portion of the Securities, it shall give written notice to the selling Securityholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(C) In the event the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Securities specified in the selling Securityholder's notice, the Secretary of the Company shall, within fifteen (15) days of receipt of said selling Securityholder's notice, give written notice thereof to the Original Investors and Purchasers of the Company other than the selling Securityholder. Said written notice shall state the number of Securities that the Company has elected to purchase and the number of Securities remaining available for purchase (which shall be the same as the number contained in said selling Securityholder's notice, less any such Securities that the Company has elected to purchase). Each of the Original Investors and Purchasers shall have the option to purchase a maximum of that proportion of the Securities available for purchase as the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by each such Original Investor or

13

Purchaser, on an as-converted (fully diluted) basis, bears to the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company held by all Original Investors and Purchasers, on an as-converted (fully diluted) basis, excepting those shares owned by the selling Securityholder. An Original Investor or Purchaser electing to exercise such option shall, within ten (10) days after mailing of the Company's notice, give notice to the Company specifying the number of Securities such Original Investor or Purchaser will purchase and specifying any additional Securities such Original Investor or Purchaser will purchase if additional Securities are made available. Failure to respond in writing within said ten day period to the notice given by the Secretary of the Company shall be deemed a rejection of such Original Investor's and Purchaser's right to acquire a proportionate part of the Securities of the selling Securityholder. In the event one or more Original Investors or Purchasers do not elect to acquire the Securities available to them, said Securities shall be allocated on a pro rata basis to the Original Investors and Purchasers who requested Securities in addition to their pro rata allotment.

(D) In the event the Company and/or Original Investors and Purchasers, other than the selling Securityholder, elect to acquire any of the Securities of the selling Securityholder as specified in said selling Securityholder's notice, the Secretary of the Company shall so notify the selling Securityholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the Company receives said selling Securityholder's notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said selling Securityholder's notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company and/or its other Original Investors and Purchasers shall pay for said Securities on the same terms and conditions set forth in said selling Securityholder's notice.

(E) In the event the Company and/or its other Original Investors and Purchasers do not elect to acquire all of the Securities specified in the selling Securityholder's notice, said selling Securityholder may, within the sixty day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the Company, sell elsewhere the Securities specified in said selling Securityholder's notice which were not acquired by the Company and/or its other Original Investors and Purchasers, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section 5.1, provided that said sale shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those contained in the bona fide offer set forth in said selling Securityholder's notice. All Securities so sold by said selling Securityholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of Section 5 in the same manner as before said transfer.

(F) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5.1:

(I) A Securityholder's transfer of any or all Securities held by such Securityholder to such Securityholder's immediate family or to a charity, provided it is a bona fide gift. "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" as used herein shall mean spouse (or domestic partner), lineal descendant (by birth or adoption), father, mother, brother, sister, niece, nephew or lineal descendant of father or mother (by birth or adoption) of the Securityholder making such transfer and shall include any trust established primarily for the benefit of the Securityholder or his immediate family;

(II) A Securityholder's bona fide pledge or mortgage of any Securities with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said Securities by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this Section 5.1;

14

(III) A Securityholder's transfer of any or all of such Securityholder's Securities to the Company;

(IV) A Securityholder's transfer of any or all of such Securityholder's Securities to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the Company;

(V) A corporate Securityholder's transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder;

(VI) A corporate Securityholder's transfer of any or all of its Securities to any or all of its Securityholders; and

(VII) A transfer by a Securityholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such Securities subject to Section 5.1 of this Agreement, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Agreement.

(G) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of Securities of the Company shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Section 5 are strictly observed and followed.

(H) The rights of first refusal established by this Section 5.1 shall terminate upon the consummation of a public offering of the Company's securities satisfying the conditions for automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in Section IVA4k(1) of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (a "QUALIFIED INITIAL OFFERING").

(I) The certificates representing shares of stock of the Company shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

"The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal option in favor of the Company and certain stockholders of the Company, as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement."

(J) The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with its stockholders respecting the transfer of shares of stock of the Company. In that event, the terms of such contract shall prevail and this Agreement shall not apply as long as such contract is in effect.

5.2 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OF COMPANY ISSUANCES. Each Holder shall have a right of first refusal to purchase a maximum of that proportion of the Securities available for purchase as the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by each such Original Investor or Purchaser, on an as-converted (fully diluted) basis, bears to the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company held by all Original Investors and Purchasers, on an as-converted (fully diluted) basis (the "PRO RATA SHARE") of all Securities that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Securities excluded by Section 5.2(e) hereof. Each Holder's pro rata share is equal to the ratio of

15

the number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) with respect to which such Holder is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Securities to the total number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) held by all Holders.

(A) EXERCISE OF RIGHTS. If the Company proposes to issue any Securities, it shall give each Holder written notice of its intention, describing the Securities, the price, and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Holder shall have twenty (20) days from the receipt of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Securities to be purchased. Any Holder electing to purchase its pro rata share of Securities to be issued may assign its right to purchase such Securities to a successor fund or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Securities to any Holder who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

(B) ISSUANCE OF EQUITY SECURITIES TO OTHER PERSONS. If the Holders fail to exercise in full the rights of first refusal within such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Securities in respect of which the Holders' rights were not exercised, at a price and upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company's notice to the Holders pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof. If the Company has not sold such Securities within such ninety (90) days, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Securities, without first offering such securities to the Holders in the manner provided above.

(C) TERMINATION OF RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL. The rights of first refusal established by Section 5.2 shall terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified Initial Offering.

(D) TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL. The rights of first refusal of each Holder under this Section 5.2 may be transferred (a) to any subsidiary or parent of such Holder or to any successor in interest to all or substantially all the assets of such Holder or (b) with respect to at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and similar events), to a transferee other than a direct competitor of the Company, provided that the Company is given written notice by the Holder stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which the rights under this Section 5.2 are being assigned.

(E) EXCLUDED SECURITIES. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 5.2 shall have no application to any of the following Securities :

(I) shares of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights) issued or to be issued to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company

16

or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(II) any Securities issued pursuant to any rights or agreements outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, including without limitation convertible securities, options and warrants; and any Securities issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, provided that the rights of first refusal established by this Section 5.2 applied with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(III) any Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination;

(IV) any Securities that are issued by the Company as part of an underwritten public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act;

(V) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company

(VI) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; and

(VII) any Securities issued pursuant to any venture equipment leasing arrangement approved by the Board of Directors.

6. CO-SALE RIGHTS

6.1 SALES BY ORIGINAL INVESTORS.

(A) If an Original Investor proposes to sell or transfer any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock (the "CO-SALE STOCK"), and if such Co-Sale Stock is not all repurchased by the Company, Purchasers or Original Investors pursuant to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, then the Original Investor shall promptly give written notice (the "NOTICE") to the Purchasers and other Original Holders at least thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such sale or transfer. The Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed sale or transfer including, without limitation, the number of shares of Co-Sale Stock to be sold or transferred, the nature of such sale or transfer, the consideration to be paid, and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee.

(B) Each Purchaser and Original Holder shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to such Original Investor within fifteen (15) days after the Notice, to participate in such sale of Co-Sale Stock on the same terms and conditions based upon its Pro Rata Share. Such notice shall indicate the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock such Purchaser or Original Holder wishes to sell under his or her right to participate. To the extent one or more of the Purchasers or Original Holders exercises such right of participation in

17

accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of shares of Co-Sale Stock that such Original Investor may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced.

(C) Each Purchaser or Original Holders who elects to participate in the sale pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to such Original Investor for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the type and number of shares of stock which such Purchaser or Original Holder elects to sell.

(D) The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Purchasers or Original Holders hereunder to participate in one or more sales of Co-Sale Stock made by such Original Investor shall not adversely affect their rights to participate in subsequent sales of Co-Sale Stock subject to Section 6.1.

(E) If none of the Purchasers or Original Holders elect to participate in the sale of the Co-Sale Stock subject to the Notice, such Original Investor may, not later than sixty (60) days following delivery of the Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Co-Sale Stock covered by the Notice within thirty (30) days of such agreement on terms and conditions not more materially favorable to the transferor than those described in the Notice. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions materially more favorable than those described in the Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Co-Sale Stock by an Original Investor, shall again be subject to the co-sale rights of the Purchasers or Original Holders as described in this Section 6.1.

6.2 EXEMPT TRANSFERS.

(A) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the co-sale rights of the Purchasers shall not apply to:

(I) any transfer or transfers by an Original Investor which in the aggregate, over the term of this Agreement, amount to no more than one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Co-Sale Stock (on an as-converted basis) held by an Original Investor as of the date hereof,

(II) any transfer of Co-Sale Stock to such Original Investor's immediate family or to a charity, provided it is a bona fide gift. "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" as used herein shall mean spouse (or domestic partner), lineal descendant (by birth or adoption), father, mother, brother, sister, niece, nephew or lineal descendant of father or mother (by birth or adoption) of the Original Investor making such transfer and shall include any trust established primarily for the benefit of the Original Investor or his immediate family.

(III) an Original Investor's bona fide pledge or mortgage of any Co-Sale Stock with a commercial lending institution,

(IV) a corporate Original Investor's transfer of any or all of its Co-Sale Stock to any or all of its securityholders,

18

(V) a transfer by an Original Investor which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners; and

(VI) the sale by Wesley L. Folsom to David J. Molny of ten (10) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the sale by Wayne A. Pulick to Timothy J. Drummond of three (3) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and the sale by Harry B. Fair or Wesley L. Folsom of up to thirty (30) shares of Series A Preferred Stock to officers of the Company.

Except with respect to Co-Sale Stock transferred under clause (i) above (which Co-Sale Stock shall no longer be subject to the co-sale right of the Purchasers), such transferred Co-Sale Stock shall remain "Co-Sale Stock" hereunder, and such pledgee, transferee or donee shall be treated as the "Original Investor" for purposes of Section 6.1.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 6.1 shall not apply to the sale of any Co-Sale Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission under the Securities Act.

6.3 TERMINATION OF CO-SALE RIGHTS. The rights granted under Section 6 will terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified Initial Offering.

7. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

7.1 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.

(A) Each of the Holders agrees to take any and all action necessary, including, without limitation, the voting of its shares of Equity Securities of the Company, the execution of written consents, the calling of special meetings, the removal of directors, the filling of vacancies in directorships on the Board, the waiving of notice, the attending of meetings and the amendment of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, so as to cause the Board to at all times include George A. Hallenbeck, Harry B. Fair, one member designated by Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, L.P. ("MSVCF"), one member designated by the mutual consent of the Company and MSVCF and one additional director selected by a majority in interest of the stockholders other than George A. Hallenbeck, Harry B. Fair and the Purchasers and their assignees.

(B) Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, there shall be imprinted, or otherwise placed, on the certificates representing the shares, the following restrictive legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED MAY 31, 1996, WHICH PLACES CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE VOTING OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY. ANY PERSON ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT. A COPY OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT WILL BE

19

FURNISHED TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC. AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

7.2 TERMINATION OF BOARD RIGHTS. The rights granted pursuant to this
Section 7 shall terminate upon a Qualified Initial Offering.

8. INSURANCE

8.1 TRANSFERS AT DEATH. For a period of fifteen (15) months after the death of any Original Holder, the Personal Representative of such deceased Original Holder's estate shall have the option to demand that the Company redeem stock owned by such deceased Original Holder having value up to the amount of life insurance proceeds received by the Company under the Required Policies (as defined in Section 8.2 hereof) as a result of such Original Holder's death, plus all interest earned on those proceeds through the date of demand, and such stock shall be purchased by the Company at the then-current fair market price as determined by the Board; provided, however, that if the Personal Representative disagrees with the Board's valuation he/she may request, at his/her own cost, the Company to engage an independent appraiser acceptable to the Company to value such stock. The Company agrees to keep all life insurance proceeds received upon an Original Holder's death in a segregated, interest bearing account during the above-described period to assure that funds necessary to accomplish the redemption are readily available. In the event that no demand is made within such fifteen (15) month period, the Company shall have no obligation to purchase any stock of the deceased Original Holder and shall be free to use the life insurance proceeds as it sees fit.

8.2 REQUIRED POLICIES. The Company now owns and is the beneficiary of policies of life insurance on the lives of its Original Holders having a face value as follows:

STOCKHOLDER                               FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE
------------                              -----------------------
George A. Hallenbeck                      $3,500,000
Harry B. Fair                             $3,500,000
Wesley L. Folsom                          $1,000,000
Wayne A. Pulick                           $1,000,000
John A. Elmgren                           $1,000,000
Timothy J. Drummond                       NONE
David J. Molny                            NONE

The Company will take any actions required to maintain in force life insurance policies on each Original Holder having an aggregate face amount as set forth above for such Original Holder (the "REQUIRED POLICIES"), and will not cause a lesser amount of life insurance to be owned by the Company on the life of any Original Holder without the prior written consent of such Original Holder; provided, however, that the aggregate face amount of coverage required for each Original Holder will decrease by a proportional amount to be determined by the

20

Company when and if an Original Holder's ownership interest in the Company decreases due to a sale of his securities.

8.3 TERMINATION OF REQUIRED POLICIES. The Company's obligation to maintain in force the Required Policies as specified in Section 8.2 will terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified Initial Offering.

9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Colorado.

9.2 SURVIVAL. The representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any Holder and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby. All statements as to factual matters contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be representations and warranties by the Company hereunder solely as of the date of such certificate or instrument.

9.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

9.4 SEVERABILITY. In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9.5 AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

(A) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and a majority of the New Holders and a majority of the Holders.

(B) Except as otherwise expressly provided, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of a majority of the New Holders and a majority of the Holders.

9.6 DELAYS OR OMISSIONS. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be

21

construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any Holder's part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such Holder's part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to Holders, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

9.7 NOTICES, ETC. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and, if to an address outside the United States of America, by telex or facsimile transmitted substantially concurrently with the mailing of such written notice, addressed:
(a) if to a Holder, at such Holder's address as set forth on the Company's records, or at such other address as such Holder shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to the Company, at its address as set forth at the end of this Agreement, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holders in writing.

9.8 ATTORNEYS' FEES.' If legal action is brought to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and legal costs in connection therewith.

9.9 TITLES AND SUBTITLES. The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

9.10 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

22

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

COMPANY:                                PURCHASERS:

EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.                  MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE CAPITAL
                                        FUND II, L.P.
By:______________________________
Name:____________________________       By:  Morgan Stanley Venture Partners
Title:___________________________            II, L.P. its General Partner
                                        By:  Morgan Stanley Venture Capital
                                             II, Inc. Managing General Partner
INVESTORS:
                                        By:_____________________________________
_________________________________            Robert J. Loarie
Timothy J. Drummond                          Vice President

_________________________________
John A. Elmgren                         MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE CAPITAL
                                        FUND II, C.V.

_________________________________       By:  Morgan Stanley Venture Partners
Harry B. Fair                                II, L.P. its Investment General
                                             Partner
_________________________________       By:  Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II,
Wesley L. Folsom                             Inc. Managing General Partner

_________________________________       By:_____________________________________
George A. Hallenbeck                         Robert J. Loarie
                                             Vice President

_________________________________
David J. Molny                          MORGAN STANLEY VENTURE INVESTORS, L.P.

_________________________________       By:  Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II,
Wayne A. Pulick                              L.P. its General Partner
                                        By:  Morgan Stanley Venture Capital II,
                                             Inc. Managing General Partner

                                        By:_____________________________________
                                             Robert J. Loarie
                                             Vice President

                                      23

                                         Information Associates, L.P.

                                         By: Trident Capital Management, L.L.C.
                                             its General Partner

                                         By:___________________________________
                                         Its:__________________________________


                                         Information Associates, C.V

                                         By: Trident Capital Management, L.L.C.
                                             its Investment General Partner

                                         By:___________________________________
                                         Its:__________________________________

24

EXHIBIT A

PURCHASERS

                                                COMMON          SERIES A
NAME OF PURCHASER                                STOCK           STOCK
Morgan Stanley Venture Partners II, L.P.           0               470
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 4, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA  94025
Attn:  Robert Loarie
Fax: (415) 233-2626

Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, C.V.       0               117
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 4, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA  94025
Attn:  Robert Loarie
Fax: (415) 233-2626

Morgan Stanley Venture Investors, L.P.             0               122
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 4, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA  94025
Attn:  Robert Loarie
Fax: (415) 233-2626

Information Associates, L.P.                       0               611
2480 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA  84025
Phone:  (415) 233-4300

Information Associates, C.V.                       0                17
2480 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA  84025
Phone:  (415) 233-4300

                                                -------         -------
TOTAL:                                             0             1,337


EXHIBIT B

ORIGINAL INVESTORS

                                                   COMMON          SERIES A
NAME OF INVESTOR                                    STOCK            STOCK
Timothy J. Drummond                                10,000                 83
Evolving Systems, Inc.
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, Colorado  80112

John A. Elmgren                                   100,000                750
Evolving Systems, Inc
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, Colorado  80112

Harry B. Fair                                     350,000              2,200
Evolving Systems, Inc
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, Colorado  80112

Wesley L. Folsom                                  100,000                300
Evolving Systems, Inc
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, Colorado  80112

George A. Hallenbeck                              350,000              2,800
Evolving Systems, Inc
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, Colorado  80112

David J. Molny                                     10,000                 90
Evolving Systems, Inc
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, Colorado  80112

Wayne A. Pulick                                   100,000                600
Evolving Systems, Inc
6892 South Yosemite
Englewood, Colorado  80112

                                                ---------          ----------
TOTAL:                                          1,020,000              6,823


EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC.
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, (the "Registration Agreement") is entered into as of August 7, 1997, by and among EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the parties listed on Exhibit A hereto (the "Purchasers") and the parties listed on Exhibit B hereto (the "Original Investors").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the Purchasers and the Original Investors are parties to the Registration Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company, the Purchasers and the Original Investors desire to amend certain provisions of the Registration Agreement governing election of directors; and

WHEREAS, under Section 9.5 of the Registration Agreement, the Registration Agreement may be amended with only the written consent of the Company, a majority in interest of each of the New Holders and Holders (as those terms are defined in the Registration Agreement).

In consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and considerations contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Agreement.

2. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Section 7.1(a) of the Registration Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"(a) The authorized number of directors is as set forth in the Company's Bylaws. Each of the Holders agrees to take any and all action necessary, including, without limitation, the voting of its shares of Equity Securities of the Company, the execution of written consents, the calling of special meetings, the removal of directors, the filing of vacancies in directorships on the Board, the waiving of notice, the attending of meetings and the amendment of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, so as to cause the Board to at all times include (a) George A. Hallenbeck, (b) Harry B. Fair, (c) one member designated by Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund II, L.P. ("MSVCF"), (d) one member selected by a majority in interest of the stockholders other than George A. Hallenbeck, Harry B. Fair and the Purchasers and their assignees, and (e) one member designated by the mutual consent of the Board of Directors and MSVCF (which Board consent shall be evidenced by the consent of the directors designated under (a), (b), and (d) above). Any Board seats in

1

excess of the five seats designated above shall be filled in accordance with the Company's Bylaws."

3. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. Except as amended as set forth above, the Registration Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2.


Exhibit 11.1

Evolving Systems, Inc.

Computation of Earnings Per Common Share

                                                                                                            Nine Months Ended
                                                                                               Year Ended      September 30,
                                                                                                  1996             1997
                                                                                                  ----             ----
PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE
Net income (loss)                                                                              ($1,257,341)     ($  146,467)
                                                                                              ============      ===========

Shares outstanding
Weighted average number of
common shares outstanding                                                                        1,533,004        1,552,850

Assuming exercise of stock options 2)                                                                  --               --
Assuming repurchase of treasury stock 2)                                                               --               --
                                                                                              ------------      -----------

Net incremental shares 1)                                                                              --               --
Assuming exercise of stock options considered cheap stock                                          261,487          261,487
Conversion of Preferred Shares                                                                   5,952,329        6,120,000
Pro Forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding as adjusted                       7,746,819        7,934,337
                                                                                              ============      ===========

Pro Forma primary earnings per common share:                                                         (0.16)           (0.02)
                                                                                              ============      ===========
Supplemental Pro Forma EPS (3)
------------------------------
Adjusted net income                                                                               (654,691)         346,610
                                                                                              ============      ===========
Shares issued to retire notes payable                                                            1,112,273        1,447,019
Supplemental pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding                      8,859,092        9,381,356

Supplemental Pro Forma Primary Earnings per Common Share                                             (0.07)            0.04
                                                                                               ===========      ===========
FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Net income (loss)                                                                               (1,257,341)        (146,467)
                                                                                              ============      ===========
Shares outstanding
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding                                             1,533,004        1,552,850

Assuming exercise of stock options 2)                                                                  --               --
Assuming repurchase of treasury stock 2)                                                               --               --
                                                                                              ------------      -----------

Net incremental shares 1)                                                                              --               --

Assuming exercise of stock options considered cheap stock                                          261,487          261,487
Conversion of Preferred Shares                                                                   5,952,329        6,120,000
Pro Forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding as adjusted                       7,746,819        7,934,337
                                                                                              ============      ===========

Pro Forma fully diluted earnings per common share:                                                   (0.16)           (0.02)
                                                                                              ============      ===========

Supplemental pro forma EPS (3)
--------------------------------
Adjusted net income (loss)                                                                        (654,691)         346,610

Shares issued to retire notes payable                                                            1,112,273        1,447,019
Supplemental pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding                      8,859,092        9,381,356

Supplemental Pro Forma Fully Diluted Earnings per Common Share                                       (0.07)            0.04
                                                                                               ===========      ===========

1) Application of the treasury stock method results in a repurchase of less than 20% of weighted shares outstanding for all periods presented; therefore, no adjustment to net income or shares outstanding are required pursuant to the modified treasury stock method as prescribed by APB 15 paragraph 28 and footnote 13.

2) Common stock equivalents have been excluded from the APB 15 calculation as they are anti-dilutive.

3) Supplemental pro forma earnings per share based on shares outstanding prior to sale plus shares required to be sold to retire the debt, calculated using the net proceeds received per common share, and adjusting net income to eliminate

the interest expense net of related tax effect.


January 9, 1998

Securities and Exchange Commission
Mail Stop 9-5
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Dear Sirs/Madams:

We have read and agree with the comments in the section entitled "Change in Accountants" included in the attached Form S-1 dated January 9, 1998, of Evolving Systems, Inc. to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Yours truly,


EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 8, 1998 relating to the financial statements of Evolving Systems, Inc. as of and for the nine- month period ended September 30, 1997, which appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the application of such report to the Financial Statement Schedule for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997 listed under Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement when such schedule is read in conjunction with the financial statements referred to in our report. The audit referred to in such report also included this schedule. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Boulder, Colorado


January 8, 1998


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Evolving Systems, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated March 4, 1997, except for Note 7, as to which the date is ____, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

Our audits of the financial statements referred to in our aforementioned report also included the financial statement schedule of Evolving Systems, Inc., listed in Item 16. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado
__________, 1998

The accompanying financial statements reflect a one-for-two reverse split of Non-voting Common Stock and Voting Common Stock, which is to be effected prior to the effective date of a proposed initial public offering. The above consent and report on schedule is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon consummation of the above event, which is described in Note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements, and assuming that, from March 4, 1997 to the date of such event, no other event shall have occurred that would affect the accompanying financial statements and notes thereto as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado

January 9, 1998


ARTICLE 5
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM EVOLVING SYSTEMS, INC. REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
MULTIPLIER: 1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR 9 MOS
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1996 DEC 31 1997
PERIOD START JAN 01 1996 JAN 01 1997
PERIOD END DEC 31 1996 SEP 30 1997
CASH 3,184 3,134
SECURITIES 155 129
RECEIVABLES 10,628 13,799
ALLOWANCES 298 476
INVENTORY 0 0
CURRENT ASSETS 14,206 18,652
PP&E 17,476 19,863
DEPRECIATION 7,635 10,312
TOTAL ASSETS 24,356 28,428
CURRENT LIABILITIES 7,816 13,060
BONDS 18,096 16,486
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0 0
PREFERRED 0 0
COMMON 2 2
OTHER SE 994 1,042
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 24,356 28,428
SALES 0 0
TOTAL REVENUES 36,918 30,034
CGS 0 0
TOTAL COSTS 24,531 19,102
OTHER EXPENSES 12,141 10,948
LOSS PROVISION 577 413
INTEREST EXPENSE 1,500 1,246
INCOME PRETAX (1,176) (1,094)
INCOME TAX 81 (948)
INCOME CONTINUING 0 0
DISCONTINUED 0 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0 0
CHANGES 0 0
NET INCOME (1,257) (146)
EPS PRIMARY 0 0
EPS DILUTED 0 0